94
Volume 1, Issue 1 May 2011 INAUGURAL ISSUE ISSN: 2159-8967 www.AFABjournal.com

AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

This is the inaugural issue of the Agriculture, Food, and Analytical Bactriology journal.

Citation preview

Page 1: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Volume 1, Issue 1May 2011

INAUGURAL ISSUE

ISSN: 2159-8967www.AFABjournal.com

Page 2: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

2 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

Sooyoun Ahn Arkansas State University, USA

Walid Q. AlaliUniversity of Georgia, USA

Kenneth M. Bischoff NCAUR, USDA-ARS, USA

Claudia S. Dunkley University of Georgia, USA

Lawrence GoodridgeColorado State University, USA

Leluo GuanUniversity of Alberta, Canada

Joshua GurtlerERRC, USDA-ARS, USA

Yong D. HangCornell University, USA

Divya JaroniSouthern University, USA

Weihong Jiang Shanghai Institute for Biol. Sciences, P.R. China

Michael JohnsonUniversity of Arkansas, USA

Timothy KellyEast Carolina University, USA

William R. KenealyMascoma Corporation, USA

Hae-Yeong Kim Kyung Hee University, South Korea

W.K. KimUniversity of Manitoba, Canada

M.B. KirkhamKansas State University, USA

Todd KostmanUniversity of Wisconsin, Oshkosh, USA

Y.M. Kwon University of Arkansas, USA

Maria Luz Sanz MuriasInstituto de Quimica Organic General, Spain

Melanie R. MormileMissouri University of Science and Tech., USA

Rama NannapaneniMississippi State University, USA

Jack A. Neal, Jr.University of Houston, USA

Benedict OkekeAuburn University at Montgomery, USA

John PattersonPurdue University, USA

Toni Poole FFSRU, USDA-ARS, USA

Marcos RostagnoLBRU, USDA-ARS, USA

Roni ShapiraHebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Kalidas ShettyUniversity of Massachusetts, USA

EDITORIAL BOARD

Page 3: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 3

EDITOR-IN-CHIEFSteven C. RickeUniversity of Arkansas, USA

EDITORSTodd R. CallawayFFSRU, USADA-ARS, USA

Cesar CompadreUniversity of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, USA

Philip G. CrandallUniversity of Arkansas, USA

EDITORIAL STAFFMANAGING EDITOR

Ellen J. Van LooFayetteville Arkansas, USA

TECHNICAL EDITORJessica C. ShabaturaEureka Springs Arkansas, USA

ONLINE EDITION EDITORC.S. ShabaturaEureka Springs Arkansas, USA

ABOUT THIS PUBLICATION

Agriculture, Food & Analytical Bacteriology (ISSN

2159-8967 is published quarterly, beginning with this

inaugural issue.

Instructions for Authors may be obtained at the

back of this issue, or online via our website at

www.afabjournal.com

Manuscripts: All correspondence regarding pend-

ing manuscripts should be addressed Ellen Van Loo,

Managing Editor, Agriculture, Food & Analytical

Bacteriology: [email protected]

Information for Potential Editors: If you are interested

in becoming a part of our editorial board, please con-

tact Editor-in-chef, Steven Ricke, Agriculture, Food &

Analytical Bacteriology: [email protected]

Advertising: If you are interested in advertising with

our journal, please contact us at advertising@afab-

journal.com for a media kit and current rates.

Reprint Permission: Correspondence regarding re-

prints should be addressed Ellen Van Loo, Managing

Editor, Agriculture, Food & Analytical Bacteriology

[email protected]

Ordering Print Copies: print editions of this journal

may be purchased and shipped internationally from

our website order form at www.afabjournal.com

Subscription Rates: Subscriptions are not available

at this time. To be advised when subscriptions plans

are made available, please join our newsletter at

www.afabjournal.com

Mailing Address: 123 Any Street . Fayetteville, AR . 72701 Website: AFABjournal.com

Page 4: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

4 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Using Mortality Compost in Vegetable Production: A comparison Between Summer and Winter Composting and its Use in Cabbage ProductionC. S. Dunkley, D. L. Cunningham, C. W. Ritz, K. D. Dunkley, and A. Hinton

6

Determination of Antifungal Activity of Pseudomonas sp. A3 Against Fusarium oxysporum by High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)P. Velusamy, H. S. Ko, and K. Y. Kim

15

Multi Food Functionalities of Kalmi Shak (Ipomoea aquatica) Grown in BangladeshH.U. Shekhar, M. Goto, J. Watanabe, I. Konishide-Mikami, Md. L. Bari and Y. Takano-Ishikawa

24

Using Hydrogen- Limited Anaerobic Continuous Culture to Isolate Low Hydrogen

Threshold Ruminal Acetogenic BacteriaP. Boccazzi, and J. A. Patterson

33

Effect of Plant-based Protein Meal Use in Poultry Feed on Colonization and Shedding of Salmonella Heidelberg in Broiler BirdsW. Q. Alali, C. L. Hofacre, G. F. Mathis, and A. B. Batal

45

Optimization of Fermentative Production of Keratinase From Bacillus Subtilis NCIM 2724 S. M. Harde, I. B. Bajaj, and R. S. Singhal

54

ARTICLES

An Overview of Stress Response Proteomes in Listeria monocytogenesK. A. Soni, R. Nannapaneni, and T. Tasara

66

REVIEWS

Instructions for Authors86

EXTRAS

The publishers do not warrant the accuracy of the articles in this journal, nor any views or opinions by their authors.

Page 5: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 5

elcome to the inaugu-

ral issue of Agriculture,

Food and Analytical

Bacteriology (AFAB). The editorial

staff is pleased to provide a high

quality forum for the publication

and dissemination of the latest

scientific discoveries in agricul-

tural and food research. The journal will serve

as a peer reviewed scientific forum for the lat-

est advancements in bacteriology research on

a wide range of topics including food safety,

food microbiology, gut microbiology, biofuels,

bioremediation, environmental microbiology,

fermentation, probiotics, and veterinary mi-

crobiology. The journal will welcome all as-

pects of research ranging from genomics and

proteomics to optimizing cultivation media,

isolation studies and growth kinetics. All types

of manuscripts are encouraged for consider-

ation including full and brief original research

papers, comprehensive and mini review pa-

pers, symposia reviews and rapid communica-

tions. Topics of regional interest are welcomed

as the journal’s philosophy is to

encourage awareness of an inter-

national audience to local issues

that may be unique to many read-

ers. This is also encouraged via

the open access digital publica-

tion model of the journal. At our

interactive journal website (www.

AFABjournal.com), interested readers around

the world can freely access and download all

articles we publish. Because of this open ac-

cess approach, we believe that Agriculture,

Food and Analytical Bacteriology will have a

major and immediate impact on advancing

scientific research that will only increase as the

journal grows. Please enjoy this inaugural is-

sue complements of the editorial staff and we

cordially invite you to consider submitting your

scientific manuscripts to Agriculture, Food and

Analytical Bacteriology.

Steven C. Ricke

Editor-in-Chief

INTRODUCTION TO THE INAUGURAL ISSUE

LETTER FROM THE EDITOR

WVolume 1, Issue 1

May 2011

INAUGURAL ISSUE

Page 6: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

6 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

www.afabjournal.comCopyright © 2011

Agriculture, Food and Analytical Bacteriology

ABSTRACT

A study was conducted to determine the effectiveness of composting to breakdown the carcasses of

daily poultry mortality and in the process destroy pathogenic microorganisms that may be present. The

study was conducted during the summer and repeated in the winter to determine whether the time of year

would affect the temperature profile or the length of time required for the process to be completed. Daily

mortalities were collected from a nearby producer and layered in a compost bin each day for four days.

Samples were collected from the litter before it was placed in the bin. Compost samples were collected

every other day for a week after the bin was compiled and then once per week until the process was com-

pleted. The samples were evaluated for microbial content. Temperature was taken and recorded at random

points in the bins on a daily basis. Upon completion of the composting process, the material was used as

a soil amendment in two vegetable plots while a third plot without compost material served as the control.

Soil samples were collected from each of the plots prior to application of the compost material. Cabbage

seedlings were then planted in each of the plots. Vegetative samples and soil samples were collected and

evaluated for microbial presence prior to planting and at week, 1, 3, 7, and again at reaping.

The summer compost had the highest temperature of 156°F on d 9 during the primary phase while the

winter compost had the highest temperature of 156°F on d 42 during the secondary phase of the compost.

The summer compost samples were Salmonella enterica (SE) negative from d 2 of the trial but mixed bac-

terial colonies remained for the duration of the study. The vegetative samples in plot 1 had coliform levels

of 3.48 log10/gm at wk10 but the levels was not considered significantly different from the other two plots

(p<0.05). The results show that while winter composting can effectively breakdown poultry carcasses and

attain high temperatures, summer compost is more efficient and had consistently higher temperatures.

Keywords: poultry, winter compost, summer compost, daily mortality

Received: August 31, 2010, Accepted: October 19, 2010. Released Online Advance Publication: May, 2011. Correspondence: Claudia S. Dunkley, [email protected]: +1 -229-386-3363 Fax: +1-229-86-3239

Using Mortality Compost in Vegetable Production: A Comparison Between sSummer and Winter Composting and its Use

in Cabbage Production

C. S. Dunkley1, D. L. Cunningham2, C. W. Ritz2, K. D. Dunkley3, and A. Hinton4

1Department of Poultry Science, University of Georgia,Tifton, Georgia 31793-04782Department of Poultry Science, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602-2772

3School of Science and Math, Abraham Baldwin Agricultural College, Tifton, Georgia, 317934USDA ARS, Russell Research Center, Athens Georgia, 30605

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. 1: 6-14, 2011

Page 7: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 7

InTRoduCTIon

Composting is considered a positive alternative

method of processing dead birds in an environmen-

tally safe manner (Ritz and Worley, 2005). It is a natural

biological decomposition process that takes place

under aerobic and thermophilic conditions (Wilkin-

son, 2007), furthermore, it is an aerobic process that

destroys rather than creates odor causing volatile

compounds (Grewal et al., 2005). Composting poul-

try mortality in the USA began in the 1980’s and the

process has been described as the above ground

burial of dead animals in mounds of supplemental

carbon such as sawdust, litter, straw or wood shav-

ings (Kalbasi et al., 2005). The composting process

generally follows two phases; the primary phase is

considered the heating or developing phase and the

secondary phase is considered the curing or matu-

ration phase (Wilkinson, 2007). The process reduces

the carcasses to nutrient rich humus which can be

used as a soil amendment. Composting poultry

mortalities can also be considered a value added

product because instead of burying the birds (which

could result in environmental pollution), the product

can be sold as an organic fertilizer.

Even though composting is an effective way

to dispose of daily mortalities, food safety concerns

from the general public have limited the use of the

mortality composted materials. There is consider-

able concern regarding the potential for contamina-

tion of agricultural products for human and animal

consumption with pathogens that may be present in

animal carcasses and manure from compost (Jones,

1999; Keener et al., 2000). Composting has, however,

been established as a pathogen reduction technol-

ogy (Wilkinson, 2007). Research has shown that the

process will control nearly all pathogenic viruses,

bacteria, fungi, protozoa (including cysts) and hel-

minth ova to acceptable levels. Endospore forming

bacteria such as Bacillus anthracis and prions such

as bovine spongiform encephalopathy are excep-

tions (Kalbasi et al., 2005). The inactivation of patho-

genic micro-organisms in the compost is dependent

upon several mechanisms during composting. Ex-

posure to heat, microbial antagonism, production of

organic acids and ammonia, competition for nutri-

ents, physical composition of composting material

and bedding type are all factors that will determine

the fate of the microbes (Epstein, 1997; Hess et al.,

2004; Turner, 2002). Temperature is considered the

most important factor in pathogen inactivation. Not

to be ignored, however, is the effect of time since

inactivation is a function of both temperature and

the length of time the pathogens are exposed to the

high temperatures. Haug (1993) reported that patho-

gen exposure at temperatures of 131°F to 140°F for

a couple of days were enough to kill a vast majority

of enteric pathogens. Other reports have shown a

99.9% elimination of total coliform and Escherichia

coli (E. coli) organisms from beef feedlot manures in

the first seven days of composting with the average

temperature being 92.3°F to 106.7°F (Larney et al.,

2003).

The majority of cases of food borne illnesses ob-

served in human are from the consumption of animal

food products, although a variety of pathogens have

been recovered from vegetables (Beuchat, 1996).

The most likely source of pathogens observed in

vegetables would occur from the cross-contamina-

tion of the produce from animal manure or improper

composted manure that has been used to amend

the soil. Presently consumer demand for organically

produced vegetables is on the increase; these are

usually fertilized using animal manure. However, re-

cent outbreaks of Salmonella and E. coli infections

have demonstrated the need to properly compost

animal wastes prior to use in vegetable production.

Islam et al. (2004) used composted poultry manure

and composted dairy cattle manure to amend soil

which was later planted with carrots and radish; they

observed that Salmonella Typhimurium survived for

up to 231 days after the soil was amended. In the

study conducted by Islam et al. (2004), the compost

process and the irrigation water that was used in the

study was also inoculated with S. Typhimurium.

The use of mortality compost has been limited

due to fear of contamination and/or recontamina-

tion of the compost by pathogenic microorganisms.

It has been used to amend pasture land but is not

approved to be applied to land that is used to pro-

Page 8: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

8 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

duce food directly for human consumption. Senne

et al. (1994) investigated the survival of Highly Patho-

genic Avian Influenza Virus (HPAIV) and the adeno-

virus in composted poultry carcasses and observed

that HPAIV was completely inactivated after 10 days

of composting. The adenovirus was inactivated after

a further 10 days of composting. Conner et al. (1991)

failed to recover enteric microorganisms infused into

poultry carcasses after 14 days of primary composting

or after 14 days of secondary composting. Presently

there are limited scientific reports on the safety of

poultry mortality composting and even less on the

use of this compost on soils used for growing food

for human consumption. While work such as that con-

ducted by Islam et al. (2004) provides us an indication

of the potential length of time some pathogenic mi-

croorganisms can survive in the soil, it is still unclear

as to the survival or the re-emergence of these micro-

organisms from the composted product after it has

been incorporated or top-dressed to production soils.

With this in mind the objectives of this study were to

evaluate the temperature profile of both a summer

and winter compost, determine and characterize mi-

crobes present in the compost bin during the process

of carcass composting and to evaluate the presence

of “post compost” microorganisms in the soil and on

cabbage plants fertilized using composted materials.

MATeRIAlS And MeThodS

The study was conducted in the summer (2008) and

winter (2009) in two phases. Phase I involved the

composting of the daily mortality and Phase II in-

volved the application of the composted product to

soil in which cabbage seedlings were planted.

Phase I

For the first phase of the project, the daily mortality

was collected from a nearby four-house commercial

broiler farm. Daily mortality was collected for four

days averaging thirty-eight birds each day. Cloacal

swabs were taken from six birds from each day’s col-

lection and the swabs were sent to the lab for micro-

bial analysis. Litter obtained from a local broiler farm

was used as the carbon source for the compost. A re-

modeled swine barn was used as the compost facility

which consisted of three bins; one primary bin, one

secondary bin and a storage bin. The compost pile

was layered as described in Ritz and Worley (2005).

Primary Phase

During the primary phase of the trial the temper-

ature was taken using a 48” compost thermometer.

The temperature was taken from the core of the pile

and two other random areas within the bin. The am-

bient temperature was also taken on a daily basis to

determine an effect on the bin temperature. The tem-

peratures taken each day were averaged and used as

the temperature for that particular day. Samples were

randomly collected in triplicates every other day from

the primary bin to evaluate the presence or absence

of SE or E. coli in the bin. The samples were placed

in plastic bags and taken immediately to the lab for

evaluation. The duration of the primary phase would

be dependent on the time/day the temperature of

the pile dropped below 129°F. The compost pile was

turned for a second heating phase when the temper-

ature dropped below 129°F.

Secondary Phase

The pile was turned by flipping the contents of the

primary bin into the secondary bin; this was done us-

ing a “skid loader”. Again, the temperature was taken

daily from the core of the pile and two other random

areas in the pile using a 48” compost thermometer.

Compost samples were collected in triplicates ran-

domly from the pile every three days and immediately

transported to the lab for evaluation. The end of the

secondary phase would be indicated by the drop in

the temperature below 100ºF. At the end of the sec-

ondary phase the composted material remained in

the bin until it was transported to the vegetable plot

to be used in the second phase of the study.

Phase II

Phase II of the study involved the application of

the composted material to plots of soil. Three 3’ X

20’ plots were designated as treatment plots were

Page 9: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 9

during this phase; in plot 1 the soil was top-dressed

with the composted carcasses. In plot 2 the compost

material was incorporated in the soil. Plot 3 was not

treated with the composted material and was con-

sidered the control plot. Three soil samples were col-

lected from each of the experimental plots prior to

allocation of treatments and evaluated for microbial

content. Compost samples were collected from three

areas in the finished composted pile and were evalu-

ated for microbial content prior to application to the

experimental plots. Cabbage seedlings were planted

at a distance of 12” X 8” in each plot. Nine seedlings

were randomly selected and evaluated for microbial

content prior to planting. Three vegetative and soil

samples were randomly collected from each of the

three experimental plots after the first, third and sev-

enth week of planting. Three soil and three vegeta-

tive samples were also collected after the tenth week

of planting. All the samples that were collected were

evaluated for microbial content.

Compost analysis

Twenty-five g compost material was weighed and

transferred to a sterile Tekmar bags (Seward Labora-

tory Systems, Inc., Bohemia, NY 11716) then blended

in 100 ml buffered peptone water using a Seward

Stomacher Laboratory blender on high for 2 minutes.

Serial dilutions of the suspension were made in 0.1%

peptone (w/v). Escherichia coli and total coliforms

were enumerated by transferring 1 ml from serial di-

lutions onto 3M Petrifilm (3M Microbiology, St. Paul,

MN,55144) and incubating at 35°C for 24-48 hr. E. coli

were identified as blue colonies with trapped gas, and

total coliforms were determined by counting red col-

onies with trapped gas in addition to blue colonies.

Presence of salmonellae was determined by pre-

enrichment of the remaining stomached compost

material in buffered peptone water by incubation at

35°C for 24 hr. After incubation, 0.1 ml of the suspen-

sion was transferred to 9.9 ml Rappaport-Vassiliadis

broth (Becton-Dickinson and Co. , Sparks, MD 21030)

and 0.5 ml was transferred to 9.5 ml Tetrathionate

broth with brilliant green-iodine (Becton-Dickinson

and Co.) and incubated for 24 hr. at 42°C. A 10 mm

loopful from each broth sample was plated onto XLT4

agar (Becton-Dickinson and Co.) and Brilliant green

sulfa agar (3). Plates were then incubated 24 – 48 hr.

at 35°C. Suspect Salmonella colonies were biochemi-

cally tested using Triple Sugar Iron and Lysine Iron

agar (Becton-Dickinson and Co.) and serology was

performed using Difco Bacto Poly O antiserum (Bec-

ton-Dickinson and Co.).

Vegetative analysis

Vegetative material was weighed and 2 X volume

of buffered peptone water was added. The samples

were then stomached for 2 min. on high and soaked

at room temperature for 1.5 hr. before diluting for

E.coli determination. Procedures for E. coli, total co-

liforms and Salmonella enrichment were performed

as was done with the compost samples.

Statistical analysis

Statistical analyses were performed using Graph-

Pad InStat® version 3.05 for Windows 95 (GraphPad

Software, San Diego, CA, USA). One-way Analysis of

Variance (ANOVA) with Tukey-Kramer Multiple Com-

parison tests was performed to determine significant

differences in group means. The P value for all ANO-

VA tests was < 0.05.

ReSulTS And dISCuSSIon

Temperature Profile

Summer Trial

Temperature changes were monitored on a daily

basis during the primary and secondary phases of the

experiment. Monitoring the compost temperature

is essential in timing the turning of the pile (Malone,

2006) and temperature is considered the most impor-

tant factor in pathogen inactivation (Wilkinson, 2007).

During the summer compost (Fig. 1), it was observed

that the temperature in the compost bin increased to

121° F on d 1 of the study and continued an upward

trend with a high temperature of 156° F on d 9. The

Page 10: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

10 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

0   10   20   30   40   50   60   70   80  

Daily Summer Temp Summer Ambient Temp

Daily Winter Temp Winter Ambient Temp

temperature in the bin remained elevated above

130° F from d 2 until d 17. Pathogen inactivation

is a function of both temperature and time. Haug

(1993) stated that exposure to an average tempera-

ture of 131 to 140°F for two days is usually enough

to kill a vast majority of enteric pathogens. After d

17 the temperature began a decline and on d 18

the temperature was 128° F. Ritz and Worley (2005)

stated that when oxygen becomes limited in the pile

the temperature would begin to fall. This would be

about seven to twenty one days after the compost

is capped when they recommended that the pile be

turned. In the summer study the pile was turned for

a second heating phase on d 19. The compost pile

quickly reheated to a high of 147° F (Fig. 1) on day

24 (five days after the pile was turned). Similar el-

evations in temperature were observed by Murphy

and Carr (1981) after they turned the compost pile

when the heat in the compost dropped below 125°

F. We observed the pile was not maintaining the

heat during this secondary heating as evidenced by

the fluctuation of the heat in the pile and the low

temperature at the base of the pile. For these rea-

sons the pile was turned again on d 46 when the

temperature had fallen to 129° F (Fig. 1). During this

second turn we observed that the pile was extremely

wet at the bottom of the pile and concluded that

this resulted in the falling temperature within the

pile. Ritz and Worley (2005) stated that the desirable

moisture levels in the compost should be 40 to 60%

and that too much water could make the compost

pile soggy and anaerobic. Litter material was incor-

porated in the compost during this second turn and

it was observed that the temperature within the pile

rose steadily to a high of 155° F on the fifth day af-

ter the pile was turned. The temperature in the pile

gradually declined but remained above 140° F un-

til d 66 after which it continued a steady downward

trend to 129° F on d 71. The temperature dropped

below 100° F after d 80 and upon examination of the

pile no carcass materials were observed. With the

temperature below 100°F (84°F) and the absence of

Figure 1: Temperature profile for daily mortality compost in the summer and winter trials and the ambient temperature during both summer and winter trials.

Page 11: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 11

mal-odors from the composted material, d 80 was

marked as the end of the second stage. Mukhtar et

al. (2004) stated that the end of the second phase is

marked by a reduction of the internal temperature

77 to 86° F, a reduction in the bulk density and the

lack of an unpleasant odor when the pile is turned.

Winter Trial

Ambient temperature should have little or no

effect on the compost temperature. However, we

were interested in the effects of the external tem-

perature on the length of time for each phase of the

compost process, as well as the temperature pro-

file of the pile. The winter compost trial began in

November and the temperature was monitored for

eighty days. The temperature in the pile rose from

76°F on d 0 to 131°F on d 3. The pile was turned on

d 35 when the temperature was 129°F. The highest

temperature during the primary phase of the win-

ter compost was 136°F on d 4 compared to a high

of 156°F on d 9 in the summer compost (Fig. 1).

The ambient temperature on d 4 during the winter

trial was 73°F compared to 93°F during the summer

trial. The 20° difference in the ambient temperature

does not necessarily mean there will be a higher

compost temperature during the summer trial es-

pecially because a high temperature of 156°F was

recorded during the winter compost in the second-

ary phase when the ambient temperature was 43°F

which was the coldest day during the trial. Because

the summer compost had two turns we could not

justifiably compare the duration of the primary

phase in the summer compost to the primary phase

in the winter compost. However, the summer com-

post had higher temperatures on average during

the primary and secondary phases when compared

to the primary phase during the winter compost

(Table 1). When comparing the two trials the high-

est temperature observed during the secondary

phase was 156°F in the winter compost compared

to a high of 155°F during the summer trial (Table

1). Gonzalez and Sanchez (2005) observed temper-

atures above 140°F during their summer trials but

did not see temperatures above 140°F during their

winter trials.

Microbial Profile

Cloacal swabs were collected from six birds on

each of the days bird carcasses were collected.

The results from the summer compost show that

none of the birds were SE positive. However five

of the six birds which were sampled on day 1 and 2

were E. coli positive and all the birds tested posi-

tive for coli-form. Only three birds were E. coli posi-

tive on days 3 and 4 but the numbers on day four

were too numerous to count. Similar results were

observed in the winter compost with none of the

birds testing positive for SE, all coli-form positive

and some of the birds testing positive for E. coli,

these result however, were too numerous to count.

The compost piles from both the summer and win-

ter trials were sampled and analyzed for microbial

content (Table 2). Even though none of the sample

birds tested positive for Salmonella, the summer

compost tested positive for SE on day 1 of the trial

and E. coli positive on day 1 and 2 but was negative

for both of these microbes for the duration of the

trial. The winter compost tested negative for both

SE and E. coli for the duration of the trial. Both the

Table 1. Temperature profile comparison between summer and the winter trials.

Summer

Compost1

Winter

Compost 2

Primary Phase avg. temp. 141.14°F 130.9°F

Secondary Phase avg. temp. 145.19°F 137°F

Primary Phase high temp. 156°F 136°F

Secondary Phase high temp. 155°F 156°F

1 Represents the temperatures in the summer com-post. (This data references the temperature based on the second time the bin was turned during the summer trial).

2 Represents the temperature in the winter compost.

Page 12: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

12 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

summer and winter samples were positive for co-

liform for the duration of the trial. Temperature is

considered the most important factor in pathogen

inactivation (Wilkinson, 2007) but the length of time

exposure to high temperature also functions in the

inactivation of pathogens (Haug, 1993). In the sum-

mer trial SE was not observed in the compost on d

2 when the temperature in the pile was 137°F nei-

ther was E. coli isolated on d 3 when the tempera-

ture was 137°F. Haug (1993) stated that two days is

usually enough to kill the vast majority of enteric

pathogens. Grewal et al. (2005) detected E. coli,

SE and Listeria in manure on d 0 of a trial but after

3 days of composting at 55°F they did not detect

any of these pathogens.

Even though SE and E. coli were not observed

in the compost at the end of Phase 1 of the trial,

we wanted to determine if there was any evidence

of re-growth after the temperatures returned to

more favorable levels. Under certain conditions,

enteric pathogens have been known to re-grow in

composted organic material when the temperature

declines to sub lethal levels (Wilkinson, 2007). Also,

there is the potential of Salmonella or E. coli colo-

nies to survive the thermophilic conditions of the

compost in clumped materials in the pile. Millner

et al. (1987) showed that SE was not suppressed

in compost taken from 158°F compost pile zones.

When Johannessen et al. (2004) investigated the

influence of manure on the hygienic quality of let-

tuce, E. coli O157:H7 was isolated from the ma-

nure that was used to fertilize and also from the

soil one week after fertilizing. However, they did

not isolate the E. coli from lettuce that was grown

in the soil. In this study neither SE nor E. coli was

isolated from the cabbage samples throughout

the trial (Table 3). However, coliforms were iso-

lated from treatment plots 1 and 2 during each

of the weeks that samples were collected. There

were numerical differences between the treatment

plots but the differences were not considered sig-

nificant (p<0.05). Coliforms were isolated from the

control plot in weeks 1 and 3 of the trial but were

not detected thereafter, the levels were not sig-

nificantly different from the other two treatments

(p<0.05). Islam et al. (2004) and Natvig et al. (2002)

observed that pathogens could be transferred

from manure to the surface of vegetables by way

of contaminated soil. In this trial neither SE nor E.

coli was detected in the soil samples for the dura-

tion of the trial but coliform was isolated from all

three plots (data not shown). This result was an ex-

pected because coliform bacteria are commonly

found in the environment.

Day 1 Salmonella E. Coli Coliform Salmonella E. Coli Coliform

1 + + + - - +

2 - + + - - +

4 - - + - - +

6 - - + - - +

12 - - + - - +

24 - - + - - +

Summer Compost 2 Winter Compost 3

Table 2. A comparison of microbial content between the summer compost and the winter compost.

1Day of the trial samples was collected from the summer and winter composts.

2 Days during the trial when summer compost tested positive or negative for Salmonella, E. coli or coliform.

3 Days during the trial when winter compost tested positive or negative for Salmonella, E. coli or coliform.

Page 13: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 13

ConCluSIonS

Recently there has been an increased aware-

ness of fruits and vegetables as potential sources of

pathogenic microbes that causes human illness. Ani-

mal manure is an economical fertilizer for crop pro-

ducers. However, animal manure frequently contains

enteric pathogenic microbes (Pell, 1997) and spread-

ing it on the land can result in pathogen entry into

the food chain. Composting daily mortality can be

done effectively and efficiently during the summer or

winter. The temperature profiles that are attained in

the winter compost compares favorably to that of the

summer compost. Results from this study show that

composting bird carcasses can eliminate the patho-

genic microbes that may be present in the birds or

the litter. Using the composted material to fertil-

ize vegetable plots did not result in contamination

of the vegetables by pathogenic microorgansisms.

Also there were no indications of re-emergence of

SE or E. coli in the soil.

Composting as a means of dead bird disposal is

effective no matter what time of the year it is prac-

ticed. It is an economical means of disposal as it uses

everything in the production of chickens, nothing is

wasted and the composted material can be used as

a nutrient rich soil amendment.

ACknowledgeMenT

The authors would like to acknowledge Dr. S. Ra-

jeev for her assistance in conducting the microbial

analyses of the project samples. We also thank young

scholar Tyler Reeves for working on this project.

RefeRenCeS

Beuchat, L. R. 1996. Pathogenic microorganisms as-

sociated with fresh produce. J. Food Prot. 59:204-

216.

Conner, D. E., J. P. Blake, and J. O. Donald. 1991.

Microbiological safety of composted poultry farm

Coliform Coliform ColiformLog10 Log10 Log10

1 - - 1.70±.01 - - 1.22±.01 - - 0±0

3 - - 1.73±.01 - - 1.25±.01 - - 1.52±.01

7 - - 1.78±.02 - - 1.26±.01 - - 0±0

10 - - 3.48±.03 - - 1.30±.01 - - 0±0

Wee

k

Salmonella E. Coli Salmonella E. Coli

Treatment 1 2 Treatment 2 3 Control 4

Salmonella E. Coli

Table 3. Microbial presence on cabbage samples.

1 Week of the trial when cabbage samples were collected.

2 Presence or absence of Salmonella, E. coli or coliform on cabbage plants sampled from treatment 1- compost top-dressed

3 Presence or absence of Salmonella, E. coli or coliform on cabbage plants sampled from treatment 2- compost incorporated.

4 Presence or absence of Salmonella, E. coli or coliform on cabbage plants sampled from the control plot- no compost was added.

5 Log10 coliform numbers isolated on from the cabbage plants sampled from each of the experimental plots.

1

5 5

Page 14: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

14 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

mortalities. ASAE/CSAE Meeting Paper No. 91-

4053. St. Joseph, MO: The American Society of

Agricultural Engineers.

Epstein, E. 1997. The science of composting. Tech-

nomic Publishing AG, Lancaster, PA. 487 p.

González, J. L. and M. Sánchez. 2005. Treatment of

poultry mortalities on poultry farms. Compost Sci.

Util. 13:136-140.

Grewal, S. K., S. Rajeev, S. Sreevatsan and F. C. Mi-

chel, Jr. 2005. Persistence of Mycobacterium avium

subsp. paratuberculosis and other zoonotic patho-

gens during simulated composting, manure pack-

ing, and liquid storage of dairy manure. Appl. En-

viron. Microbiol. 72:565-574.

Haug, R. T. 1993. The practical handbook of compost

engineering. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 717 p.

Hess, T. F., I. Grdzelishvili, H. Q. Sheng and C. J.

Hovde. 2004. Heat inactivation of E. coli during

manure composting. Compost Sci. Util. 12:314-

322.

Islam, M., J. Morgan, M. P. Doyle, S. C. Phatak, P.

Millner and X. Jiang. 2004. Fate of Salmonella en-

terica serovar Typhimurium on carrots and radishes

grown in fields treated with contaminated manure

composts or irrigation water. Appl. Environ. Micro-

biol. 70:2497-2502.

Johannessen, G. S., G. B. Bengtsson, B. T. Heier, S.

Bredholt, Y. Wasteson and L. M. Rørvik. 2004. Po-

tential uptake of Escherichia coli O157:H7 from or-

ganic manure in Crisphead lettuce. Appl. Environ.

Microbiol. 71:2221-2225.

Jones, D. L. 1999. Potential health risks associated

with the persistence of Escherichia coli O157 in ag-

ricultural environments. Soil Use Manag. 15:76-83.

Kalbasi, K., S. Mukhtar, S. E. Hawkins, and B. W. Au-

vermann. 2005. Carcass composting for manage-

ment of farm mortalities: A review. Compost Sci.

Util. 13:180-193.

Keener, H. M., W. A. Dick and H. A. J. Hoitink.

2000. Composting and beneficial utilization of

composted by-product materials. In: J. F. Power

and W. A. Dick. Eds. Land application of agricul-

tural, industrial, and municipal by-products. Soil

Science Society of America, Madison, Wisconsin.

p 316-341.

Larney, F. J., L. J. Yanke, J. J. Miller and T. A. McAl-

lister. 2003. Fate of coliform bacteria in composted

beef cattle feedlot manure. J. Environ. Qual.

32:1508-1515.

Malone, G. S. 2006. Mass mortality composting pro-

grams. Pages 26-31 in Proc. Natl. Poult. Waste

Manage. Symp., Springdale, AR.

Millner, P. D., K. E. Powers, N. K. Enkiri and W. D.

Burge. 1987. Microbially mediated growth sup-

pression and death of Salmonella in composted

sewage sludge. Microb. Ecol. 14:255-265.

Mukhtar, S., A. Kalasi and A. Ahmed. 2004.

Composting in carcass disposal: A comprehensive

review. USDA APHIS Cooperative Agreement Proj-

ect, Carcass Disposal Working Group.

Murphy, D. W. and L. E. Carr. 1981. Composting dead

birds. FS-537. University of Maryland, Cooperative

Extension Service, College Park, MD.

Natvig, E. E., S. C. Ingham, B. H. Ingham, L. R.

Cooperband, and T. R. Roper. 2002. Salmonella

enterica serovar Typhimurium and Escherichia coli

contamination of root and leaf vegetables grown

in soils with incorporated bovine manure. Appl.

Environ. Microbiol. 68:2737-2744.

Pell, A. N. 1997. Manure and microbes: public and

animal health problem? J. Dairy Sci. 80:2673-2610.

Ritz, C. W., and J. W. Worley. 2005. Poultry mortal-

ity composting management guide. Bulletin 1266.

The University of Georgia, Cooperative Extension

Service, Athens, GA.

Senne, D. A., B. Panigraphy and R. Morgan. 1994.

Effect of composting poultry carcasses on survival

of exotic avian viruses: HPAI virus and adenovirus

of egg drop syndrome- 76. Avian Dis. 38:733-737.

Turner, C. 2002. The thermal inactivation of E. coli in

straw and pig manure. Bioresour. Technol. 84:57-

61.

Wilkinson, K. G. 2007. The biosecurity of on-farm

mortality composting. J. Appl. Microbiol. 102:609-

618.

Page 15: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 15

www.afabjournal.comCopyright © 2011

Agriculture, Food and Analytical Bacteriology

ABSTRACT

It has frequently been reported that chitinolytic soil bacteria, in particular biocontrol strains, can lyse

viable fungal hyphae and thereby release potential substrates for bacterial growth. The present work was

carried out with an objective to get a better understanding of the relationship between chitinolytic and

antifungal properties of bacteria that occur naturally in coastal soils, i.e. without artificial selection. Among

the bacterial, strain A3 was identified as Pseudomonas sp. A3 based on morphologic observation and 16S

rRNA analysis. Strain A3 exhibited a maximum chitinase production of 1.44 U/ml in CC broth after 3 days of

cultivation. Besides having chitinolytic activity, the molecular weight of the crude enzyme was estimated to

be 56 kDa by SDS-PAGE and zymogram. In vitro assays revealed that the crude chitinase inhibited activity

of Fusarium oxysporum as identified by dual plate assay and microscopic methods. Hydrolysis products of

the fungal cell wall by the crude enzymes of Pseudomonas sp. A3 were analyzed by high-pressure liquid

chromatography (HPLC) and identified as oligosaccharides, which included monomers (GlcNAc), dimers

(GlcNAc)2, and trimers (GlcNAc)3 using chitin oligomer standards. The crude chitinase isolated from strain

A3 can be directly applied for suppressing growth of viable fungal hyphae.

Keywords: Antifungal activity, Pseudomonas, Fusarium oxysporum, chitinase, fungus, 16S rRNA, Zymo-

gram, HPLC

InTRoduCTIon

Biological control of plant pathogens by soil bac-

teria is a well established phenomenon and chitin-

ase production has been shown to play an important

role in the suppression of various diseases (Chernin

et al., 1995; Hong and Hwang, 2005; Hoster et al.,

2005). Chitin (C8H13O5N)n is an unbranched long

Received: September 3, 2010, Accepted: November 26, 2010. Released Online Advance Publication: March 1, 2011. Correspondence: P. Velusamy, [email protected]: - +91-44-22127331 , Fax: +91-44-22121155

chain polymer of glucose derivatives, composed of

ß-1,4 linked units of the amino sugar N-acetyl-D-

glucosamine (NAGA), which is speculated to play

a vital role in fungal defense against toxic stresses.

The interest in chitin degrading enzymes and their

application in management of fungal pathogens are

significant. Chitinases (EC 3.2.1.14), a group of anti-

fungal proteins, catalyse the hydrolytic cleavage of

the ß-1,4-glycoside bond present in the biopolymers

of N-acetyl-D-glucosamine, mainly in chitin.

Determination of antifungal activity of Pseudomonas sp. A3 against Fusarium oxysporum by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)

P. Velusamy1, H. S. Ko2, K. Y. Kim2

1Department of Biotechnology, School of Bioengineering, SRM University, Chennai-603 203, India2Division of Applied Bioscience and Biotechnology, Chonnam National University, Gwangju 500-757, Korea

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. 1: 15-23, 2011

Page 16: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

16 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

Antagonistic bacteria are considered as ideal bio-

logical control agents that mediate one or several

mechanism of disease suppression. Among these,

hyper parasitism relies on chitinase for degrada-

tion of the cell walls of fungi (Chet et al., 1990). The

soil-borne Enterobacter agglomerans IC1270 has a

broad spectrum of antifungal activity and secretes

a number of chitinolytic enzymes, including two N-

acetyl-ß-D-glucosaminidases and chitinase. Its bio-

control activity has been demonstrated with Rhizoc-

tonia solani in cotton using Tn5 mutants deficient

in chitinolytic activity (Chernin et al., 1995). Hence,

chitinolytic enzyme might be considered to have an

important role in biological control of fungal patho-

gens.

It has frequently been reported that chitinase

producing microorganisms, in particular biocontrol

strains, can lyse viable fungal hyphae, thereby re-

leasing substantial level of oligomers and other sub-

stances (Cohen-Kupiec and Chet, 1998; Dahiya et al.,

2006; De Boer et al., 2001). In the present work, we

report a new strain Pseudomonas sp. A3 possessing

strong chitinolytic activity, which exhibited an antag-

onism toward F. oxysporum. Moreover, the antiungal

activity of the crude chitinase from strain A3 was also

partially characterized.

MATeRIAlS And MeThodS

Screening of bacteria

Five soil samples were obtained from different

sites of the coastal soils enriched with crab shells

in Buan area, Korea. Soils were serially diluted with

sterile water until a dilution of 106 colony form-

ing units (CFU) g-1 of soils, inoculated on colloidal

chitin (CC) agar medium containing 0.5% colloidal

chitin, 0.2% Na2HPO4, 0.1% KH2PO4, 0.05% NaCl,

0.1% NH4Cl, 0.05% MgSO4 7H2O, 0.05% CaCl2 2H2O,

0.05% yeast extract and 2% agar, and incubated at

30°C for 3 days. Strains exhibiting a clear zone (deg-

radation of chitin) around the colony were picked

and further subjected to antifungal activity against F.

oxysporum f. sp. cucumerinum (KACC 40032, Korean

Agricultural Culture Collection, Suwon, Korea) grown

on potato dextrose agar (PDA) medium containing

0.5% colloidal chitin at 30°C for 7 days.

Bacterial identification

To identify the bacterium, a polymerase chain re-

action (PCR) was performed to amplify the 16S rRNA

gene from the genomic DNA of strain A3 using uni-

versal primers fD1 (5’-GAGTTTGATCCTGGCTCA-3’)

and rP2 (5’-ACGGCTACCTTGTTACGACTT-3’) as de-

scribed earlier (Weisburg et al., 1991). The PCR prod-

uct was cloned in a pGEM-T easy vector (Promega,

Madison, WI, USA). The nucleotide sequence of the

16S rRNA gene was determined by an ABI Prism 377

DNA sequencer (PE Applied Biosystems, Foster City,

CA, U.S.A) and compared with published 16S rRNA

sequences using Blast search at Genbank data base

of NCBI (Bethesda, MD, USA).

Chitinase assay

For determination of chitinase activities, strain A3

was grown in CC broth at 30°C, and samples were

taken at 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 days. Each sample was cen-

trifuged at 8000 ×g for 5 min and the supernatant

was used for enzyme activities. Chitinase activity was

determined by incubating 1 ml of culture supernatant

with 1 ml of 1% colloidal chitin in a 0.05M phosphate

buffer, pH 7.0 at 37°C for 1 h. After centrifugation of

reaction mixture, the amount of N-acetyl-d-glucos-

amine released in the supernatant was determined

by the standard method (Lingappa and Lockwood,

1962) using N-acetyl-d-glucosamine (GlcNAc) as

a standard. GlcNAc present in 0.5 mL of aliquot of

supernatant was determined by adding 0.1 ml of

K2B4O7 and then boiled for 3 min in a water bath.

The tubes were cooled and 3 ml of p-dimethylami-

nobenzaldehyde was added. Absorbance was read

within 10 min at 585 nm against the blank prepared

with distilled water without the enzyme present. One

unit of chitinase is defined as the amount of enzyme

which releases 1 μM N-acetyl-d-glucosamine per

hour under the conditions of the study.

Page 17: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 17

Preparation of crude enzyme

Strain A3 was cultured in a 2000 ml Erlenmeyer

flask containing 1000 ml of CC broth at 30°C for 3

days in a shaking incubator (180 rpm). After centrifu-

gation of the broth culture at 8000 ×g for 30 min, am-

monium sulfate was added to the supernatant at 50%

saturation, and the mixture was left overnight at 4°C.

The precipitate was centrifuged at 12 000 ×g for 30

min and the pellet was resuspended in 50 mM Tris-

HCl buffer [pH 8.0], and dialyzed against the same

buffer for overnight. The dialyzate was concentrated

by lyophilization, and the concentration of protein

was determined using bovine serum albumin (Sigma

Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO, USA) as the standard

(Bradford, 1976).

Electrophoresis

The concentrated enzyme sample was subjected

to electrophoresis in 12% SDS-PAGE, according to

the method described previously (Laemmli, 1970).

Subsequently, zymogram was demonstrated by co-

polymerizing 0.01% of glycol chitin (Sigma) in SDS-

PAGE for the detection of chitinase activity (Trudel

and Asselin, 1989).

Antifungal activity

The crude chitinase was assayed for antifungal

activity against F. oxysporum by well diffusion assay

on a PDA plate. A fungal plug (6 mm diameter) was

removed from the 5 day old culture. The plug was

transferred onto the center of the PDA plate, which

had been loaded with chitinase in the right well and

the left well was loaded with the same volume of

buffer. The plate was incubated for 5 days at 30ºC

and was monitored for a zone of inhibition around

the well. However, the antifungal effect was also ob-

served by a light microscope (Nikon, Tokyo, Japan).

Two milliliters of the F. oxysporum suspension with

crude chitinase (final concentrations of 2.5 U/ml) in

50 mM of sodium acetate buffer [pH 6.0] was added

into a 12 well plates (12 mm, Corning, NY, USA). A

mixture of hyphae suspension and buffer was treat-

ed as control. In order to determine the deformation

of hyphae, the experiment was carried out at vary-

ing conditions such as pH, temperatures, incubation

time, and different buffers.

Hydrolysis of fungal hyphae

To determine the hydrolysis of F. oxysporum

by crude chitinase (as described in the section on

microscope analysis) after 24 h, the reaction was

stopped by addition of 200 μl 1 M NaOH. The reac-

tion product was centrifuged at 6000 ×g for 30 min,

and the supernatant was passed through a 0.22 μm

membrane filter (Nalgene, Rochester, NY, U.S.A).

The enzyme hydrolysate was analyzed by high-per-

formance liquid chromatography (HPLC). The HPLC

was performed with acetonitrile:water (70:30, v/v) as

the mobile phase at the flow rate of 1 m/min and

detected at 210 nm with NH2P50-4E column (Sho-

dex, Tokyo, Japan) (Kuk et al., 2005). The retention

times for the peaks obtained in the crude samples

of hydrolytic products were compared with the chitin

oligomer standard.

ReSulTS And dISCuSSIon

Isolation and identification of antago-nistic bacterium

In our pilot scale screening, various microbial

colonies were able to degrade chitin on CC agar

medium. Among these, a bacterial isolate that ex-

hibited the maximum halo zone around the colonies,

was designated to be the strain A3. Subsequent

antimicrobial activity was examined through dual

plate assays using various phytopathogens. Interest-

ingly, strain A3 exhibited a strong antifungal activity

against F. oxysporum (Fig. 1). From the morphologic

observation, strain A3 was found to be a Gram-neg-

ative, rod-shaped and polar-flagella bacterium with

permissive temperature ranging between 20 ºC to

37 ºC with an optimum at 30 ºC. The genomic DNA

of the strain A3 was amplified with universal primers

and 16S rRNA gene sequence was analyzed. Align-

ment of this sequence (1464 bp) through matching

Page 18: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

18 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

with reported 16S rRNA gene sequences in the Gen-

bank showed high similarity (99 to 100%) to Pseudo-

monas sp. The phylogenetic tree determined by the

Neighbor-joining method showed that Pseudomo-

nas sp. and P. aeruginosa were most closely related

to strain A3 (Fig. 2). On the basis of these results,

strain A3 was identified as a member of Pseudo-

monas sp, and designated as Pseudomonas sp. A3

(Genbank accession number EU784845).

Members of the genus Pseudomonas are ubiq-

uitous in soil microorganisms. They are believed to

serve as a promising group of biocontrol agents and

have been widely evaluated with the production of

chitinases (Ajit et al., 2006; Choi et al., 2006; Fogliano

et al., 2002; Folders et al., 2001; Neiendam and So-

rensen, 1999).

Determination of chitinolytic activity

Strain A3 was investigated for the production of

extracellular chitinase in CC broth by spectropho-

tometry. At 24 h intervals, aliquots of cell cultures

were taken, and the chitinase activity was deter-

mined by a standard method. The results from cul-

ture filtrate of strain exhibited maximum chitinase

activity of 1.44 U/ml after 3 days of cultivation and

gradually decreased thereafter (Fig. 3).

SDS-PAGE and zymogram

The molecular weight of crude chitinase was de-

termined by gel electrophoresis using a standard

marker (iNtRON Biotech, Inc., Gyeonggi-Do, Korea).

Figure 2. Phylogenetic location of strain A3 based on 16S rRNA sequences by Neighbor-joining method program. Phylogenetic tree based on 16S rRNA sequences displaying the relationship between strain A3 and that of the other species. Reference species with accession numbers were obtained from Genbank databases. Bar indicates 0.10 nucleotide substitutions per site.

Figure 1. Inhibition of the growth of F. oxys-porum by Pseudomonas sp. A3 on potato dex-trose agar (PDA) medium containing 0.5% of colloidal chitin at 30ºC for 7 days.

Pseudomonas otitidis isolate WL15 (EF687744)

Pseudomonas sp. M11 (EU375657)

Pseudomonas aeruginosa strain MML2212 (EU344794)

Pseudomonas aeruginosa strain CMG860 (EU037096)

Pseudomonas sp. G3DM-81 (EU037286)

Strain A2

Pseudomonas sp. AHL 2 (AY379974)

97

97

98

99

0.10

Page 19: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 19

The crude samples of strain A3 revealed several

bands on 12% SDS-PAGE and the chitinase activ-

ity were identified as 56 kDa by zymogram (Fig. 4).

The molecular weights of bacterial chitinases ranged

from 20,000 to 120,000, with little consistency. Differ-

ent molecular masses have been reported for other

bacterial chitinases as well (Jung et al., 2002; Wang

and Chang, 1997).

Relationship between chitinase produc-tion and F. oxysporum suppression by Pseudomonas sp A3

The inhibitory effect on the growth of hyphae of

F. oxysporum was investigated under different con-

centrations of crude chitinase by a well diffusion

assay on a PDA plate and a concentration of 50 μl

(2.5 U/ml) yielded the maximum inhibition against F.

oxysporum. However, in the control well, the same

volume of sodium acetate buffer did not inhibit the

pathogen (data not shown). Microscopic observation

revealed a morphology of hyphae that appeared as

swelled, fragmented and distorted in the wells treat-

ed with the enzyme, whereas the hyphae from the

control were normal and intact without any distor-

tion (Fig. 5). The results presented here support an-

tibiosis as the mechanism of antagonism against F.

oxysporum by strain A3 mediated through chitinase

production. Several studies have demonstrated that

Figure 3. Determination of chitinolytic activity by Pseudomonas sp. A3 in CC broth medium at 30ºC for 7 days. Mean values were 3 replicates. Bars represent standard error.

Figure 4. SDS-PAGE and zymogram of crude chitinase from culture supernatant of Pseudomo-nas sp. A3 by ammonium sulfate precipitation. Lanes 1 and 2 were obtained from 12% SDS-PAGE of Coomassie brilliant blue R-250 where lane 1 is mo-lecular weight (MW) of standard markers in kilodal-tons, and lane 2 is crude chitinase sample. Lane 3 in-dicates zymogram demonstrated by copolymerizing 0.1% of glycol chitin in 12% SDS-PAGE. The chitinase activity was detected by visualization under UV light.

144

84

63

45

34

26.5

1 2 3LaneMW

(kDa)

56 kDa

Chi

tinas

e A

ctiv

ity(u

nits

/ml)

Period of Incubation (days)

Page 20: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

20 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

chitinases of potential biocontrol strains can cause

deformation of viable hyphae and result in inhibi-

tion of hyphae of the test fungi (Fogliano et al., 2002;

Giambattista et al., 2001; Mathivanan et al., 1998).

When the crude chitinase was further assayed for an-

timicrobial activity against various microorganisms.

As listed in the Table 1, the percentage of inhibitory

effect of crude chitinase against R. solani and D. bry-

oniae were recorded to be approximately 50% and

the remaining microorganisms were not significant.

Analysis of antifungal activity

Fusarium wilt is a widespread plant disease caused

by many forms of the soil-inhabiting fungus F. oxyspo-

rum. Several attempts have been made to exploit the

biological control of F. oxysporum by chitinase pro-

ducing bacteria (Chung and Kim, 2007; De la Vega et

al., 2006; Giambattista et al., 2001). To investigate the

antifungal effect of crude chitinase, samples of treat-

ed hyphae of F. oxysporum was analyzed by HPLC. As

shown in Fig. 6, various products of chitin oligosaccha-

rides such as monomers (GlcNAc), dimers (GlcNAc)2,

and trimers (GlcNAc)3 were identified using chitin

oligomer standards. Other peaks that were detected

may have belonged to chitosan or glucan oligomers.

However, there was no detectable number of peaks

found in control. Yet, in the present study, chitinolytic

bacterium strain A3 may have an important role in the

hydrolysis of fungal hyphae and release of substantial

Table 1. Inhibitory effects of crude chitinase against various microorganisms by in vitro dual plate assays

*Antimicrobial effect of crude enzyme 50 μl (2.5 U/ml) was assayed by well diffusion assay on agar medium. The percentage of inhibition of growth was calculated from the mean values as:

% Inhibition = (A-B)/A x 100, where A = microorgan-ism growth in control, and B = microorganism growth in chitinase.

The inhibition was reported as (ND) for any unde-tected inhibition of growth from below 5%, (-) between 5% and 15%, (±) between 15% and 25%, (+) between 25% and 35%, (++) between 35% and 50%. Triplicates were run simultaneously to obtain each value.

Figure 5. Morphological study of the hyphae of F. oxysporum in sodium acetate buffer supple-mented with crude chitinase at a concentration 2.5 U/ml incubated at 40 °C for 24 h. (A) Control: hyphae of F. oxysporum + buffer, (B) Treatment: hyphae of F. oxysporum + crude chitinase

Name of Organisms Inhibition Ratio*

Bacteria

Pectobacterium carotovorum subsp. carotovorum KACC 10057 ND

Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae KACC 10378 -

Fungi

Phytophthora capsici KACC 40483 +

Didymella bryoniae KACC 40900 ++Botrytis cinerea KACC 40573 ±Rhizoctonia solani KACC 40117 ++Colletotrichum gloeosporioides KACC 40689 -

Page 21: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 21

Figure 6. HPLC chromatograms of hydrolysis products from the hyphae of F. oxysporum and crude chitinase mixture after 24 h of incubation at 40 °C. [A] Chitin oligomer standard (GlcNAc)n, [B] Hydrolytic products of crude sample obtained from hyphae of F. oxysporum + crude chitinase. Peak numbers are referred as 1- monomer (GlcNAc) ; 2- dimer (GlcNAc)2 ; 3- trimer (GlcNAc)3 ; 4- tetramer (GlcNAc)4 ; and 5- pentamer GlcNAc)5.

[A] Standard (GlcNAc)n

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)(5)

[B]

(1)

(2)

(3)

Hyphae + Crude chitinase

Retention Time (min.)

Page 22: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

22 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

levels of chitin oligomers. A previous study reported

that chitinase ChiA71 from Bacillus thuringiensis sub-

sp. pakistani completely hydrolyzed colloidal chitin to

GlcNAc monomers after incubation for 24 h (Thamthi-

ankul et al., 2001). More recently, Van et al. (2008) sug-

gested that chitinases from Trichoderma aureoviride

DY-59 and Rhizopus microsporus VS-9 could release

different oligosaccharides after hydrolysis from the

hyphae of Fusarium solani.

ConCluSIon

From the results presented in this experiment, a

positive correlation can be inferred between the pro-

duction of chitinase and suppression of the growth

of F. oxysporum. However, it is necessary to study

the secretion of other lytic enzymes as well, espe-

cially cellulase, ß-1,3-glucanase, and laminarinase,

as chitinase may combine with other lytic enzymes

to exhibit synergism, and result in high levels of an-

tifungal activity. Therefore, we suggest that Pseudo-

monas sp. A3 may be an optimal candidate for use

as a biocontrol agent of Fusarium wilt in tomato, but

further studies are needed to evaluate more exten-

sively this possibility.

ACknowledgeMenT

This study was supported by the Korean Research

Foundation - second stage of BK21, and National

Research Laboratory (NRL) Program from the Minis-

try of Science and Technology (MOST), Korea.

RefeRenCeS

Ajit, N. S., R. Verma, V. Shanmugam. 2006. Extracel-

lular chitinases of fluorescent pseudomonads anti-

fungal to Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. dianthi caus-

ing carnation wilt. Curr. Microbiol. 52:310-316.

Bradford, M. M. 1976. A rapid and sensitive method

for quantitation of microgram quantities of protein

utilizing the principle of protein-dye binding. Anal.

Biochem. 72:248-254.

Chernin, L., Z. Ismailov, S. Haran, I. Chet. 1995. Chi-

tinolytic Enterobacter agglomerans antagonistic to

fungal plant pathogens. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

61:1720-1726.

Chet, I., A. Ordentlich, R. Shapira, A. Oppenheim.

1990. Mechanism of biocontrol of soil-borne plant

pathogens by rhizobacteria. Plant Soil. 129:85-92.

Choi, G. J., J. C. Kim, E. J. Park, Y. H. Choi, K. S. Jang,

H. K. Lim, K. Y. Cho, S. W. Lee. 2006. Biological con-

trol activity of two isolates of Pseudomonas fluo-

rescens against rice sheath blight. Plant Pathol. J.

2:289-294.

Chung, S. and S. D. Kim. 2007. Escherichia coli can

produce recombinant chitinase in the soil to control

the pathogenesis by Fusarium oxysporum without

colonization. J. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 17:474-480.

Cohen-Kupiec, R. and I. Chet. 1998. The molecular

biology of chitin digestion. Curr. Opin. Biotechnol.

9:270-277.

Dahiya, N., R. Tewari, G. S. Hoondal. 2006. Biotech-

nological aspects of chitinolytic enzymes: a review.

Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 71:773-782.

De Boer, W., P. J. A. Klein Gunnewiek, G. A. Kowal-

chuk, J. A. Van-Veen. 2001. Growth of chitinolytic

dune soil beta-subclass Proteobacteria in response

to invading fungal hyphae. Appl. Environ. Micro-

biol. 67:3358-3362.

De la Vega, L. M., J. E. Barboza-Corona, M. G. Agu-

ilar-Uscanga, M. Ramírez-Lepe. 2006. Purification

and characterization of an exochitinase from Ba-

cillus thuringiensis subsp. aizawai and its action

against phytopathogenic fungi. Can. J. Microbiol.

52:651-657.

Fogliano, V., A. Ballio, M. Gallo, S. Woo, F. Scala, M.

Lorito. 2002. Pseudomonas lipodepsipeptides and

fungal cell wall-degrading enzymes act synergisti-

cally in biological control. Mol. Plant-Microbe In-

teract. 15:323-333.

Folders, J., J. Algra, M. S. Roelofs, L. C. Van Loon,

J. Tommassen, W. Bitter. 2001. Characterization of

Pseudomonas aeruginosa chitinase, a gradually se-

creted protein. J. Bacteriol. 183:7044-7052.

Giambattista, R. D., F. Federici, M. Petruccioli, M.

Fence. 2001. The chitinolytic activity of Penicillium

janthinellum P9: purification, partial characteriza-

Page 23: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 23

tion and potential application. J. Appl. Microbiol.

91:498-505.

Hong J. K. and B. K. Hwang. 2005. Functional char-

acterization of PR-1 protein, ß-1,3-glucanase and

chitinase genes during defense response to biotic

and abiotic stresses in Capsicum annuum. Plant

Pathol. J. 21:195-206.

Hoster, F. J., E. Schmitz, R. Daniel. 2005. Enrichment

of chitinolytic microorganisms: Isolation and char-

acterization of a chitinase exhibiting antifungal

activity against phytopathogenic fungi from novel

Streptomyces strain. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol.

66:434-442.

Jung, W. J., S. J. Jung, K. N. An, Y. L. Jin, R. D. Park,

K. Y. Kim, B. K. Shon, T. H. Kim. 2002. Effect of

chitinase-producing Paenibacillus illinoisensis

KJA-424 on egg hatching of root-knot nematode

(Meloidogyne incognita). J. Microbiol. Biotechnol.

12:865-871.

Kuk, J. H., W. J. Jung, G. H. Jo, Y. C. Kim, K. Y. Kim, R.

D. Park. 2005. Production of N-acetyl-b-D-glucos-

amine from chitin by Aeromonas sp. GJ-18 crude

enzyme. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 68:384-389.

Laemmli, U. K. 1970. Cleavage of structural proteins

during the assembly of the head of bacteriophage

T4. Nature 277:680-685.

Lingappa, Y. and J. L. Lockwood. 1962. Chitin media

for selectived culture of actinomycetes. Phytopa-

thology. 52:317-323.

Mathivanan, N., V. Kabilan, K. Murugesan. 1998. Pu-

rification, characterization, and antifungal activity

of chitinase from Fusarium chlamydosporum, a

mycoparasiteto groundnut rust, Puccinia arachidis.

Can. J Microbiol. 44:646-651.

Neiendam, N. M., and J. Sorensen. 1999. Chitinolytic

activity of Pseudomonas fluorescens isolates from

barley and sugarbeet rhizosphere. FEMS Micro-

biol. Ecol. 30:217-227.

Thamthiankul, S., S. Suan-Ngay, S. Tantimavanich, W.

Panbangred. 2001. Chitinase from Bacillus thuring-

iensis subsp. pakistani. Appl. Microbiol. Biotech-

nol. 56:395-401.

Trudel, J. and A. Asselin. 1989. Detection of chitinase

activity after polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.

Anal. Biochem. 178:362-366.

Van, N. N., Y. J. Kim, K. T. Oh, W. J. Jung, R. D. Park.

2008. Antifungal activity of chitinases from Tricho-

derma aureoviride DY-59 and Rhizopus microspo-

rus VS-9. Curr. Microbiol. 56:28-32.

Wang, S. L. and W. T. Chang. 1997. Purification and

characterization of two bifunctional chitinase/lyso-

zymes extracellularly produced by Pseudomonas

aeruginosa K-187 in a shrimp and crab shell pow-

der medium. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63:380-386.

Weisburg, W. G., S. M. Barns, D. J. Lane. 1991. 16S

ribosomal DNA amplification for phylogenetic

study. J. Bacteriol. 173:697-703.

Page 24: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

24 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

www.afabjournal.comCopyright © 2011

Agriculture, Food and Analytical Bacteriology

ABSTRACT

Kalmi Shak or water spinach (Ipomoea aquatica) is a Bangladeshi indigenous green leafy vegetable

and herbaceous aquatic or semi aquatic perennial plant. A primary study was conducted to elucidate the

multi functionalities of this vegetable. Extract of Kalmi Shak exhibited high antioxidant properties with

hydrophilic-oxygen radical absorbance capacity (H-ORAC) and 2,2-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) scav-

enging activity being 341.92 ± 1.32 and 37.67 ± 2.63 μmol Trolox equivalent / gram of dry weight (TE/g

DW), respectively. The total polyphenols content was estimated to be 12.56 ± 0.08 mg gallic acid equiva-

lent / gram of dry weight (mg GAE/g DW), and moisture content was found to be 85%. The extract also

showed anti-mutagenic effect on Trp-P2 induced mutagenicity to Salmonella Typhimurium TA98, and anti-

tumor activity to mouse myeloma cell line P388. The extract of this vegetable also exhibited anti-bacterial

activities against several spoilage and pathogenic bacteria. The multi functionalities, economic price and

availability during the entire year have made this indigenous Bangladeshi vegetable important from both

medicinal and industrial aspects.

InTRoduCTIon

Leafy vegetables have been extensively investi-

gated as new sources of natural antioxidants as well

as other bioactive compounds of human health ben-

efits (Lakshmi and Vimala, 2000). Epidemiological

studies have shown that consumption of vegetables

is associated with reduced risk of chronic diseases. It

has been reported that leafy vegetable extracts could

Received: September 7, 2010, Accepted: October 21, 2010. Released Online Advance Publication: March 25, 2011. Correspondence: Hossain Uddin Shekhar, [email protected],Tel: - + 81-298-38-8055, Fax: +81-298-38-7996

be used to reduce blood sugar level (Villansennor

et al., 1998) and as an antibiotic against Escherichia

coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Bacillus subtilis and

other microorganisms (Bhakta et al., 2009). Increased

consumption of vegetables containing high levels of

phytochemicals has been recommended to prevent

chronic diseases related to oxidative stress in the

human body (Chu et al., 2002). Natural antioxidants

increase the antioxidant capacity of the plasma and

reduce the risk of certain diseases such as cancer,

heart diseases and stroke (Prior and Cao, 2000). The

secondary metabolites including phenolics and

Multi Food Functionalities of Kalmi Shak (Ipomoea aquatica) Grown in Bangladesh

H. U. Shekhar1, M. Goto1, J. Watanabe1, I. Konishide-Mikami1, Md. L. Bari2 and Y. Takano-Ishikawa1

1National Food Research Institute, Kannondai 2-1-12, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 305-8642, Japan2Center for Advanced Research in Sciences, University of Dhaka, Dhaka-1000, Bangladesh

Keywords: Kalmi Shak, water spinach, antioxidant, anti-mutagenic activity, anti-tumor activity, anti-bacterial activity

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. 1: 24-32, 2011

Page 25: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 25

flavonoids from plants have been reported to be

potent free radical scavengers (Chiang et al., 2004).

They are found in all parts of plants such as leaves,

fruits, seeds, roots and bark (Mathew and Abraham,

2006). There are many synthetic antioxidants in use,

however, it is reported that they have several side ef-

fects, such as risk of liver damage and carcinogen-

esis in laboratory animals (Gao et al., 1999; Ito et al.,

1983; Osawa and Namiki, 1981). Therefore, a search

for natural antioxidants from plant may help to find

safer, more potent, less toxic and cost effective an-

tioxidants.

Kalmi Shak, a semi-aquatic plant water spinach (Ip-

omoea aquatica) belongs to Convolvulaceae family,

not only grows wild but is also cultivated throughout

Southeast Asia, and is one of the widely consumed

vegetable in the region (Huang et al., 2002). It is a ten-

der, trailing or floating perennial aquatic plant, found

in most soils along the margins of fresh water, ditch-

es, marshes and wet rice field. It is usually found year

round and treated as a leafy vegetable unlike other

common vegetables in Bangladesh which are mostly

seasonal. Kalmi Shak represents one of the richest

sources of carotenoids and chlorophylls (Chen and

Chen, 1992). The leaves contain adequate quantities

of most of the essential amino acids in accordance with

the WHO recommendation pattern for an ideal dietary

protein (Prasad et al., 2008). Consequently, when com-

pared with conventional food crops such as soybeans

or whole egg, it has potential for utilization as a food

supplement. Ayurveda, a system of traditional medi-

cine native to the Indian subcontinent, has identified

many medicinal properties of Kalmi Shak, and it is

effectively used against nosebleeds and high blood

pressure (Perry, 1980). However, very limited scientific

studies have been conducted on its functional aspects.

Most of the studies have focused on the inhibition of

prostaglandin synthesis (Tseng et al., 1992), effects on

liver diseases (Badruzzaman and Husain, 1992), con-

stipation (Samuelsson et al., 1992) and hypoglycemic

effects (Malalavidhane et al., 2003). There have been

no reports on the systematic study of the indigenous

Kalmi Shak of Bangladesh to evaluate its potentiality

as a functional food or food supplement. The objective

of this study was to investigate the antioxidant activity,

total phenolic content, anti-tumor, anti-mutagenic, and

antimicrobial properties of the extracts of indigenous

fresh green Kalmi Shak.

MATeRIAlS And MeThodS

Materials

RPMI-1640, penicillin-streptomycin solution (Hy-

bri-Max®), Dulbecco’s phosphate buffered saline

(PBS), DPPH, and 0.4% Trypan Blue solution, 6-hy-

droxy-2,5,7,8,-tetramethylchroman-2-carboxylic acid

(Trolox), and fluorescein sodium salt (FL) were pur-

chased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO,

USA). Fetal calf serum (FCS) and Folin-Ciocalteau

(F-C) reagent were purchased from JRH Biosciences

(Lenexa, KS, USA) and MP Biomedical, LLC (Illkirch,

France), respectively. S9-mix (rat liver homogenate

containing rat liver microsome S9 fraction) was ob-

tained from Kikkoman Co. Ltd. (Tokyo, Japan). Cell

proliferation reagent WST-1 was purchased from

Takara Bio Inc. (Siga, Japan). Methanol, acetone,

gallic acid, 3-amino-1-methyl-5H-pyrido[4,3-b]in-

dole (Trp-P2), 2,2’-azobis(2-amidinopropane) di-

hydrochloride (AAPH) and dimethyl sulfoxide

(DMSO) and all other chemicals were purchased

from Wako Pure Chemical Co. (Osaka, Japan).

Plant material and sample preparation

Fresh Kalmi Shak was collected within 24 hour of

harvest from the Dhaka (Dhaka is the capital of Ban-

gladesh and one of the major cities of south Asia)

new market during the summer period (mid April to

June onwards). One hundred grams of green leaves

and veins were cleaned with water, and finally freeze-

dried and kept at -20°C until use. One gram of the

freeze-dried sample was sequentially extracted with

hexane: dichloromethane (1:1) (v/v) and with metha-

nol: water: acetic acid (MWA) solvent at the ratio of

90:9.5:0.5 (v/v/v) using an automatic accelerated sol-

vent extraction system (ASE 350; Dionex, Sunnyvale,

CA, USA). Lipohilic fraction was collected (3 times) by

hexane: dichloromethane at 70°C, 5 min stand at 1500

psi. Hydrophilic fraction was collected thrice by MWA

Page 26: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

26 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

solvent at 80°C, 5 minute stand at 1500 psi. The result-

ing MWA extract of the Kalmi Shak which was used

for subsequent experiments was filled up to 50 ml by

MWA. For cell culture and microbiological analyses,

MWA fraction was dried in vacuo and dissolved in

DMSO.

Determination of hydrophilic-oxygen radical absorbance capacity (H-ORAC)

H-ORAC assay was performed according to the

method described by Cao et al. (1993), and Prior

et al. (2003) with slight modifications. In brief, MWA

extracts or Trolox standard solution diluted with 75

mmol/L potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) were

added to a 96-well microplate (#3072, Becton Dickin-

son, NJ, USA). Following the addition of 115 μl of 111

nmol/ LFL to the wells, the plates were incubated at

37°C for 10 min. After the addition of 50 μl of 31.7

mmol/l AAPH to the wells, fluorescence intensities

were measured every two min. for 90 min. by a mi-

croplate reader (Powerscan HT; DS Pharma Biomedi-

cal, Osaka, Japan) with excitation wavelength of 485

nm and emission wave length of 530 nm. H-ORAC

values were expressed as micromole Trolox equiva-

lent per gram of dry sample weight (μmol TE/g DW).

All measurements were done in triplicate.

Measurement of total polyphenols content

Total polyphenols content was measured by the

Folin-Ciocalteu assay according to Sun et al. (2005)

and Velioglu et al. (1998) with slight modifications.

Briefly, three volumes of F-C reagent was diluted by

five volume of water before use. Reaction mixture

containing 80 μl of samples or gallic acid standard

(diluted with MWA) and 56 μl of diluted F-C reagent

was placed in 96 well-microplate (Sumilon, Sumito-

mobakelite, Tokyo, Japan), and incubated for five

min at room temperature. After the addition of 120

μl of 2% (w/v) sodium carbonate, the plate was al-

lowed to stand for 15 min at room temperature. Ab-

sorbance at 750 nm was measured by a microplate

reader (Powerscan HT; DS Pharma Biomedical). To-

tal polyphenols content was expressed as milligram

gallic acid equivalent per gram of dry sample weight

(mg GAE/g DW). All measurements were conducted

in triplicate.

DPPH radical scavenging activity (DPPH-RSA)

DPPH-RSA of MWA extract was examined ac-

cording to the method of Oki et al. (2001) with slight

modifications. Briefly, the same volume of 10% meth-

anol and MWA extract were mixed, and the mixture

was further diluted with 50% methanol. A 50 μl of

diluted MWA extract and 50 μl of 0.2 M morpho-

linoethanesulfonic acid (MES) buffer (pH 6.0) were

subsequently placed in a 96-well microplate (Sum-

ilon, Sumitomobakelite). The reaction was initiated

by adding 50 μl of 800 μM DPPH in ethanol. After

incubation for 20 min. at room temperature, the ab-

sorbance at 520 nm was measured using a micro-

plate reader (Powerscan HT; DS Pharma Biomedical).

DPPH radical scavenging activity was expressed as

micromole Trolox equivalent per gram of dry sample

weight (μmol TE/g DW). All the determinations were

conducted in triplicate.

Determination of moisture content

The moisture content was determined by dry-

ing the samples in a drying oven at 105°C for 24 h

(AOAC, 1984). The leaf and vein (edible portion) of

fresh Kalmi Shak (5.0 g) were cut by dual razor blades

into small pieces, subsequently placed in aluminum

cups and weighed before and after drying. The per-

centages of moisture content were calculated by

subtracting the two values. At least 10 samples per

experiment were replicated, and mean values for

each replicate were calculated.

Determination of the anti-mutagenic effect on Trp-P2 induced mutagenicity to Salmonella Typhimurium TA98

The assay was carried out according to the modi-

fied Ames test (Ames et al., 1975) with Salmonella

Typhimurium TA98. In brief, TA98 strain was cultured

Page 27: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 27

aerobically in Nutrient broth no. 2 (Oxoid Ltd., Bas-

ingstoke, UK) at 37°C for 12-14h. Trp-P2 was dis-

solved in DMSO to give a working concentration

of 100 ng/ml. The reaction mixture consisted of 0.7

ml of 0.1 mol/l phosphate buffer (pH 7.0), 50 μl of

sample (40 μg/ml in DMSO), 100 μl of S-9 mix, 50 μl

of Trp-P2 and 100 μl of S. Typhimurium TA98. The

positive control contained the same concentration

of perilla leaves extract in DMSO instead of the

sample. Following incubation at 37°C for 20 min in

water bath shaker, two milliliters of soft agar contain-

ing histidine and biotin was added, and the mixture

was immediately plated on a minimal glucose agar.

After incubation at 37°C for two days, the number

of developed revertants was scored. The experi-

ment was performed in triplicate and the mean val-

ues are presented. Anti-mutagenic activities of the

Kalmi Shak extract were calculated according to the

equation described by Hosoda et al. (1992).

Anti-tumor effects to mouse myeloma P388 cells

Anti-tumor activities were measured by the vi-

abilities of myeloma P388 cells using WST-1 cell pro-

liferation reagent (Shinmoto et al., 2001). In brief,

P388 cells (Japan Health Sciences Foundations,

Osaka, Japan) were seeded in 96-well culture plates

(#353072, Falcon) at a density of 5,000 cells (100 μl)

per well in RPMI-1640 medium supplemented with

10% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum (FCS) and 100

units/ml penicillin and 100 μg/ml streptomycin and

incubated at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere with

5% CO2. DMSO solutions of Kalmi Shak with vari-

ous concentrations were added to each well (final

concentrations of 0 (negative control), 50, 100 and

200 μg/ml). Final concentration of DMSO was 0.4%.

Rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis) extract at varying

concentrations (50 to 200 μg/ml) in DMSO were used

for positive control. After 48 hours incubation, 10 μl

of premixed WST-1 cell proliferation assay reagent

was added to each well. Two hours after the addition

of WST-1, the degree of cell viability was measured

by the absorbance at 450-650 nm of the cell culture

media using microplate reader (Thermomax, Molecu-

lar Devices Co., Tokyo, Japan). Results were reported

as percentage of the inhibition of cell viability, where

the optical density measured from DMSO-treated

control cells was considered to be 100% of viability.

Percentage of inhibition of cell viability was calcu-

lated as follows:

Test organisms

Fifteen strains/species of frequently reported

food borne pathogens or food spoilage bacteria

were used in the study (Table 2). The stock cultures

of the test organisms in 20% glycerol (Sigma) con-

taining medium in cryogenic vials were maintained

at -84°C. Working cultures were kept at 4°C on Tryp-

to Soy Agar (TSB) slants (Nissui Chemical Co. Ltd,

Tokyo, Japan) and were periodically transferred to

fresh slants.

Anti-microbial sensitivity testing

The anti-microbial activity of the Kalmi Shak ex-

tracts was done according to the method of Bauer

et al. (1966). The 8 mm in diameter discs (Toyo Roshi

Kaisha, Ltd. Tokyo, Japan) were impregnated with 50

μl of different concentration of Kalmi Shak extract

before being placed on the inoculated agar plates.

The inocula of the test organisms were prepared by

transferring a loopful of respective bacterial culture

into 9 ml of sterile TSB medium and incubated at

37°C for 5 to 6 h. The bacterial culture was compared

with McFarland (Jorgensen et al., 1999) turbidity

standard (108 CFU/ml) and streaked evenly in three

planes maintaining a 60° angle onto the surface of

the Mueller Hinton agar plate (5 x 40 mm) with ster-

ile cotton swab. Surplus suspensions were removed

from the swabs by rotation against the side of the

tube before the plate was inoculated. After the inoc-

ula dried, the impregnated discs were placed on the

agar using an ethanol dipped and flamed forceps

and were gently pressed down to ensure contact.

Plates were kept at refrigeration temperature (4°C)

1-Aexp group

Acontrolx 100( )

Page 28: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

28 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

for 30 to 60 min for better absorption, during which

microorganisms should not grow but absorption of

extracts should take place. Negative controls were

prepared using the same solvent without the plant

extract. Reference antibiotics (streptomycin, genta-

mycin, and rifampicin) were used as positive control.

The inoculated plates containing the impregnated

discs were incubated in an upright position at 37°C

for overnight and/or 24 to 48 h (depending on the

appearance of colonies). The results were expressed

as positive/negative depending on the zone of inhibition.

Statistical analysis

Statistical analysis was performed using Microsoft

Excel (2007). The data were expressed as means ±

standard deviation (SD) for foods having sample

numbers greater than 2.

ReSulTS And dISCuSSIon

It was observed that Kalmi Shak possessed 341.92

± 1.32 μmol TE/g DW of H-ORAC value (Table 1).

From the moisture content, the H-ORAC value in

fresh weight basis can be calculated as 51.28 μmol

TE/g fresh weight (FW). Wu et al. (2004) reported

that H-ORAC values of common vegetables in USA

were between 0.87 (cucumber) and 145.39 (small

red beans) μmol TE/g FW. The most values were in

a range from 5 to 20 μmol TE/g FW. It is suggested

that H-ORAC value of water spinach is relatively high

when compared with those of common vegetables

and fruits.

Mikami et al. (2009) studied antioxidant activi-

ties of 11 crops from Ibaraki prefecture, Japan, and

found that DPPH-RSA ranged from 0.38 (melon) to

91.0 (ginger) μmol TE/g FW. Pellegrini et al. (2003)

studied 34 vegetables and found that spinach ex-

hibited the highest antioxidant capacity (8.49 μmol

TE/g FW). The DPPH-RSA of water spinach in our

study (Table 1) was nearly equal to that of spinach,

though the methodologies of determination were

slightly different.

It has been reported that the total polyphe-

nols contents of 10 vegetables examined by Cieslik

et al. (2006) were between 0.59 to 2.90 mg GAE/g

FW of samples. Wu et al. (2004) observed that total

polyphenols of 23 vegetables were between 0.24 ±

0.05 (cucumber) and 12.47 (red kidney beans). Water

spinach is available in Bangladesh during the entire

year and our collection period originated from early

onset of summer. It has been reported that leaves

harvested in the spring exhibited much higher levels

of total polyphenols content and ORAC value than

the leaves harvested in the fall (Howard et al., 2002).

Consequently, further study should be undertaken

to see the seasonal variation of antioxidant content

of this leafy vegetables.

MWA extract of Kalmi Shak exhibited anti-muta-

genic effects on Trp-P2 induced mutagenicity to S.

Typhimurium TA98 when tested with perilla as posi-

tive control (Fig. 1). Kanazawa et al. (1995) reported

Table 1. Anti-oxidative activity, total polyphenols content and moisture content of indigenous Kalmi Shak in Bangladesh

acμmol Trolox equivalent (TE)/g DW ± SD

bdμmol Trolox equivalent (TE)/g FW

emg galic acid equivalent (GAE)/g DW ± SD

fmg galic acid equivalent(GAE)/g FW g

Percentage

Page 29: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 29

that flavonoids were very strong anti-mutagens

against Trp-P2. In our study, anti-mutagenic activi-

ties against Trp-P2 were observed to be 52.62% and

50.79% for perilla and Kalmi Shak, respectively (Fig.

1). However, other established mutagens such as

MNNG, AF-2, AB1 etc. were not tested. Therefore,

it is necessary to check the anti-mutagenic activities

of Kalmi Shak extract on the mutagenicity of these

agents in future studies.

MWA extract of Kalmi Shak yielded detectable

anti-tumor activity in the mouse myeloma P388 cell

line. Rosemary extract was used as a positive control

in this experiment, since rosemary leaves exhibit po-

tent anti-tumor and anti-inflammation effects (Peng

et al., 2007). Dose-dependent increase on the anti-

tumor activity was observed in both Kalmi Shak and

rosemary extract (Fig. 2). At a concentration of 50

μg/ml, the corresponding cell viability of rosemary

and Kalmi Shak was 61.36% and 67.56 %, respective-

ly (Fig. 2). At a concentration of 200 μg/ml, cell viabil-

ity of rosemary was 1.66%. On the other hand, that of

Kalmi Shak was 47.59%. Since Kalmi Shak inhibited

the cell viability by more than 50% cell at this con-

centration, and almost 100% cells were not viable in

the case of rosemary. We reported, here, that Kalmi

Shak extract is capable of working against P388 cell

viability.

MWA extract of Kalmi Shak exhibited anti-microbi-

al activities against several spoilage and food borne

pathogenic bacteria within tested fifteen selected

bacteria. The result is presented in Table 2. The extract

of Kalmi Shak exhibited in vitro anti-microbial activi-

ties against spoilage bacteria P. aeroginosa, P. putida,

and pathogenic bacteria such as E. coli O157:H7 and

C. freundii. The result of this study also suggests that

Kalmi Shak extracts include compounds possessing

anti-microbial properties that may be useful to con-

trol food borne pathogens and spoilage organisms.

Further studies need to be done with other food

borne pathogens and spoilage organisms to see the

anti-microbial activities of Kalmi Shak. It would also

be of interest to apply this extract to actual food to

assess the microbiological condition of the particular

food or food products with an extended shelf life.

Figure 2. Anti-tumor activity on mouse myeloma P388 cells

Figure 1. Anti-mutagenic activity on Trp-P2 induced mutagenicity to Salmonella Typhimurium TA98

Concentration μg/ml

Page 30: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

30 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

ConCluSIon

In conclusion, the results from in vitro experiments,

including H-ORAC, DPPH-RSA, total polyphenols con-

tent, anti-mutagenic activity, anti-tumor activity, and

anti-bacterial activity demonstrated that Bangladeshi

water spinach variety possessed potent anti-oxidative

and anti-tumor activities. Hence water spinach can be

used as an easy accessible source of natural antioxi-

dants, as a food supplement or in the pharmaceutical

or medical industries. Further work should be per-

formed to isolate and identify the anti-oxidative, anti-

mutagenic, anti-cancer, and anti-bacterial components

of this indigenous vegetable of Bangladesh.

Test Organisms Origin Anti-microbial activity

Spoilage bacteria

Lactobacillus planterum (ATCC 8014) Mexican style cheese -

Perdicoccus pentosaceus(JCM 5890) Dried American beer yeast -

Lactoccus lactis (IFO 12007) Unknown -

Salmonella Enteritidis (SE1) Chicken feces -

Pseudomonas aeroginosa (PA 01) Unknown +

Enterobacter faecalis (NFRI 010618-8) Unknown -

Klebsilla pneumonia (JCM 1662) Trevisan 1887 -

Bacillus subtilis (IFO 13719) Wound -

Pseudomonas putida (KT 2440) Unknown +

Pathogenic bacteria

Escherichia coli (NFRI 080618-8) Celery +

Escherichia coli O157:H7 (CR 3) Bovine feces +

Escherichia coli O157:H7 (MY 29) Bovine feces +

Citrobacter freundi (JCM 1657) Werkman and Gillen 1932 +

Bacillus cereus (IFO 3457) Unknown -

Alcaligenes faecalis (IFO 12669) Unknown -

Table 2. Test organisms used, their source and antibacterial activity of DMSO suspended MWA extract of Kalmi Shak against selected food borne pathogens and spoilage bacteria

+ , - : indicates positive and no positive activity found in preliminary screening, respectively

Page 31: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 31

ACknowledgeMenT

This research work was supported by Kirin Holdings

Co., Ltd. (former Kirin Brewery Co., Ltd.) Tokyo, dur-

ing UNU-Kirin fellowship at National Food Research

Institute, Tsukuba, Japan in 2010-11, and its Follow-up

Project in 2011-2013. Authors expressed their sincere

gratitude to the authorities of the NFRI for providing

laboratory facilities and logistic supports to carry out

this investigation.

RefeRenCeS

Ames, B. N., J. MacCann, E. Yamazai.1975. Methods

for detecting carcinogens and mutagens with the

salmonella/mammalian-microsome mutagenicity

test. Mutation Res. 31:347-364.

AOAC. 1984. Official methods of analysis. Williams

S.(editor) 14th Ed. Association of official analytical

chemist Inc. Washington DC, USA. 834 p.

Badruzzaman, S.M. and W. Husain. 1992. Some aquat-

ic and marshy land medicinal plants from Hardoi

district of Uttar Pradesh. Fitoterapia 63:245-247.

Bauer, A.W., M. M. Kirby, J.C. Sherris, M. Turck. 1966.

Antibiotic sensitivity testing by standardized single

disk method. Am. J. Clinc. Pathol. 45:493-496.

Bhakta, J. N., P. Majumde, M. Yukihiro. 2009. Antimicro-

bial efficacies of methanol extract of Asteracantha

longifolia, Ipomoea aquatica and Enhydra fluctuans

against Escherichia coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa,

Staphylococcus aureus and Micrococcus luteus.The

internetJ.alt.med.7(2)(http://www.ispub.com/jour-

nal/the_internet_journal_of_alternative_medicine/

volume_7_number_2_21/article)antioxidants. Free

Radical Biol. Med. 14:303-311.

Chen, B. H., and Y. Y. Chen.1992. Determination of

carotenoids and chlorophylls in water convolvulus

(Ipomoea aquatica) by liquid chromatography. Food

Chem. 45 :129-134.

Chu, Y. F., S. Jie, W. Xianzhong, L. R. Hai. 2002. Antioxi-

dant and antiproliferative activities of common veg-

etables. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50:6910-6916.

Chiang, Y. M., D. Y. Chuang, S. Y. Wang, Y. H. Kuo, P.

W. Tsai, L. F. Shyur. 2004. Metabolite profiling and

chemopreventive bioactivity of plant extracts from

Bidens pilosa, J. Ethnopharmacol. 95: 409-419.

Cieslik, E., A. Greda, W. Adamus. 2006. Contents of

polyphenols in fruit and vegetables. Food Chem. 94:

135-142.

Gao, J. J., I. Kihar, N. Manabu. 1999. Radical scavenging

activity of phenylpropanoid glycosides in Caryopter-

is incana. Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem. 63:983-988.

Hosoda, M., H. Hashimoto, H. Morita, M. Chiba.1992.

Antimutagenicity of milk cultured with lactic acid

bacteria against N-Methyl-N’-Nitro-N-Nitrosogiani-

dine. J. Dairy Sci. 75:976-981.

Howard L. R., N. Pandjaitan, T. Morelock, M. I. Gil.

2002. Antioxidant capacity and phenolic content

of spinach as affected by genetics and growing

season. J. Agric. Food. Chem. 50:5891-5896.

Huang, D., B. Ou, M. Hampsch-Woodill, J. A. Flanagan,

E. K. Deemer. 2002. Development and validation

of oxygen radical absorbance capacity assay for

lipophilic antioxidant using randomly methylated

-cyclodextrin as the solubility enhancer. J. Agric.

Food. Chem. 50:1815-1821.

Ito, N., S. Fukushima, A. Hagiwara, M. Shibata,

T. Ogiso. 1983. Carcinogenicity of butylated

hydroxyanisole in F344 rats. J. Natl. Cancer Inst.

70: 343-347.

Jorgensen, J. H., J .D. Turnide, J.A. Washington.

1999. Antibacterial susceptibility test: Dilution and

disk diffusion methods. In: P.R. Murry, M. A. Pfaller,

F. C. Tenover, E. J. Baron and R. H. Yolken (eds).

Manual of clinical microbiology. 7th ed. ASM press,

Washington D.C. p 1526-1543.

Lakshmi, B., and V. Vimala. 2000. Nutritive value of

dehydrated green leafy vegetables. J. Food Sci.

Technol. 3:7465-7474.

Kanazawa, K., H. Kawasaki, K. Samejima, H. Ashida,

G. Dan-no. 1995. Specific desmutagen and anti-

mutagens in oregano against the dietary carcino-

gen, Trp-P2 are Galangin and Quercetin. J. Agric.

Food. Chem. 43:410-414.

Malalavidhane, T. S., S. M. D. N. Wickramasinghe,

M. S. A. Perera, E. R. Jansz. 2003. Oral hypoglycae-

mic activity of Ipomoea aquatic in Streptozotocin

–induced, Diabetic wistar rats and type II diabetics.

Phytotherapy Res. 17:1098-1100.

Mathew, S. and Abraham, T. E. 2006. In vitro antioxi-

Page 32: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

32 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

dant activity and scavenging effects of Cinnamo-

mum verum leaf extract assayed by different meth-

odologies. Food Chem. Toxicol 44:198-206.

Mikami, I., M. Yanaguchi, H. Shinmoto, T. Tsushida.

2009. Development and validation of a microplate-

based ß-carotene bleaching assay and compari-

son of antioxidant capacity (AOC) in several crops

measured by ß-carotene bleaching, DPPH and

ORAC assays. Food Sci. Technol. Res. 15:171-178.

Oki, T., M. Masuda, M. Kobayashi, Y. Nishiba,

S. Furuta, I. Suda, T. Sato. 2001. Radical scaveng-

ing activity of fried chips made from purple fleshed

sweet potato. Nippon Shokuhin Kagaku Kogaku

Kaishi 48:926-932 (in Japanese).

Osawa, T. and M. Namiki. 1981. A novel type of

antioxidant isolated from leaf wax of Eucalyptus

leaves. Agric. Biol. Chem. 45:735-739.

Pellegrini, N., M. Serafini, B. Colombi, D. D. Rio,

S. Salvatore, M. Bianchi, F. Brighenti. 2003. Total

antioxidant capacity of plant food beverages and

oils consumed in Italy by three different in vitro as-

say. J. Nutr. 133:2812-2819.

Peng, C. H., J. D. Su, C. C. Chyau, T. Y. Sung,

S. S. Ho, C. C. Peng, R. Y. Peng. 2007. Supercritical

Fluid extracts of Rosemary leaves exhibit potent

anti inflammation and anti tumor effects. Biosci.

Biotechnol. Biochem. 71:2223-2232.

Perry, L. M. 1980. Medicinal plants of east and south-

east Asia: attributed properties and uses. MIT Press,

Cambridge, MA. 620 p.

Prasad Nagendra, K., G. R. Shivamurthy, S. M. Aradhya.

2008. Ipomoea aquatic An underutilized green leafy

vegetable: A review. Int. J. Bot. 4:123-129.

Prior, R. and L. G. Cao. 2000. Antioxidant photochemi-

cal in fruits and vegetables. Diet and health implica-

tions. Hortic. Sci. 35:588-592.

Prior, R. L., H. Hoang, L. Gu, X. Wu, M. Bacchiocca,

L. Howard, M. Hampsch-Woodill, D. Huang, B. Ou,

R. Jacob. 2003. Assays for hydrophilic and lipophilic

antioxidant capacity (Oxygen radical absorbance ca-

pacity, ORAC FL) of plasma and other biological and

food samples. J. Agric. Food. Chem. 51:3273-3279.

Samuelsson, G., M. H. Farah, P. Claeson, M. Hagos,

M. Thulin, O. Hedberg, A. M. Warfa, A. O. Hassan,

A. H. Elmi, A. D. Abdurahman, A. S. Elmi, Y. A. Abdi.

1992. Inventory of plants used in traditional medi-

cine in Somalia: II. Plants of the families Combreta-

ceae to Labiate. J. Ethnopharmacol. 37:47-70.

Shinmoto, H., T. Kimura, M. Suzuki, K. Yamagishi.

2001. Anti-tumor activity of vegetables harvested

in Thoku region. Nippon Shokuhin Kagaku Kaishi

48:787–790.

Sun, T., J. Tang, J. R. Powers. 2005. Effect of pec-

tolytic enzyme preparation on the phenolic

composition and antioxidant capacity of as-

paragus juice. J. Agric. Food. Chem. 53:42-48.

Tseng, C. F., S. Iwakani, A. Mikajiri, M. Shibuya,

F. Hanaoka, Y. Ebizuka, K. Padmawinata, U. Sanaka.

1992. Inhibition of in vitro prostaglandin and leukot-

riene biosyntheses by cinnamoyl beta-phenethyl-

amine and N-acyldopamine derivatives. Chem.

Pharm. Bull. (Tokyo) 40:396-400.

Velioglu, Y. S., G. Mazza, L. Gao, B. D. Oomah. 1998.

Anti-oxidant capacity and total phenolics in select-

ed fruits, vegetables, and grain products. J. Agric.

Food. Chem. 46:4113-4117.

Villansennor, I. M., W. A. Cabrera, K. B. Meneses, V. R.

Rivera. 1998. Comparative antidiabetic activities of

some medicinal plants, Philipp. J. Sci. 127:261-266.

Wu, X. , G. R. Beecher, J. M. Holden, D. B. Haytowitz,

S. E. Gebhardt, R. L. Prior. 2004. Lipophilic

and hydrophilic antioxidant capacities of com-

mon foods in the United States. J. Agric. Food.

Chem. 52:4026-4037.

Page 33: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 33

www.afabjournal.comCopyright © 2011

Agriculture, Food and Analytical Bacteriology

ABSTRACT

Hydrogen—limited continuous culture was used to isolate autotrophic acetogenic bacteria from rumen

contents of cattle on either a high roughage or a high concentrate diet. Twenty bacterial isolates were ob-

tained and were presumptively identified as acetogenic bacteria. They were able to use H2:CO2 and they

produced acetic acid as their sole end—product. Two isolates were selected for further studies based upon

their low hydrogen threshold values. The acetogenic strain H3HH was a strictly anaerobic gram positive

coccus with a hydrogen threshold of 1390 ppm. The acetogenic strain Al0 was a facultatively anaerobic

gram positive coccus with a hydrogen threshold of 209 ppm. The use of H2 limited continuous culture to

isolate low H2 threshold ruminal acetogens suggests that not only do acetogens with these properties exist

in the rumen but this approach could be used in other ecosystems as well.

Keywords: Methane, greenhouse gasses, methanogens, acetogens, ruminants, rumen, hydrogen,

continuous culture, carbon dioxide

InTRoduCTIon

Ruminants are characterized by having a four com-

partment stomach (Russell and Rychlik, 2001). The

largest compartment, the rumen, has a volume of

nearly 80 liters and is located before the gastric com-

partment (Weimer et al., 2009). The rumen ecosys-

tem is essentially isothermal, there is a constant flux

of feed and H2O and the fermentation of substrates

Received: September 12, 2010, Accepted: November 17, 2010. Released Online Advance Publication: April 2011. Correspondence: John Patterson, [email protected]: +1 -765-494-4826 Fax: +1-765-494-9347

results in the production of a large amount of acids

(Weimer et al., 2009). Functionally important rumen

microorganisms representing a varied and mixed

population of bacteria, archaea, protozoa, and fungi

hydrolyze complex and soluble feedstuffs primar-

ily to sugars and other hydrolysis products such as

ammonia (Ricke et al., 1996; Stevenson and Weimer,

2007; Uyeno et al., 2007). Glucose is subsequently

fermented in the rumen by rumen microorganisms

to short chain volatile fatty acids (VFA) with the end

products of fermentation including acetate, H2, CO2,

and reduced fermentation products (lactate, butyr-

Using Hydrogen- Limited Anaerobic Continuous Culture to Isolate Low Hydrogen Threshold Ruminal Acetogenic Bacteria

P. Boccazzi¹,² and J. A. Patterson²

¹ Current address: Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Department of Biology and Health Sciences and Technology, 77 Massachusetts Ave. Room 68-370, Cambridge, MA 02139

² Department of Animal Sciences, Purdue University, 1026 Poultry Building, Room 115, West Lafayette, IN 47907-1026

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. 1: 33-44, 2011

Page 34: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

34 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

ate, propionate, ethanol) along with microbial cells

(Stevenson and Weimer, 2007; Weimer et al., 2009).

Hydrogen and formate are produced by many mi-

croorganisms in the rumen; however, methanogens

are also present in the rumen and convert H2, and

CO2 to CH4 (Wright et al., 2006). Methanogenesis

represents the primary H2 consumer in the rumen

and energy captured as methane escapes the rumen

via eructation (Boadi et al., 2004, Martin et al., 2010).

Energy lost as methane represents a 2 to 7% loss in

gross energy intake energy of the animal (Branine

and Johnson, 1990) and a loss of 10 to 15% of the

apparently digestible feed energy to the host animal

(Blaxter and Clapperton, 1965). However, direct inhi-

bition of rumen methane production also results in

energy loss in the form of eructated H2 and reduced

microbial protein (Chalupa, 1980).

Chemo-lithoautotrophic acetogens are bacteria

that utilize CO2 as their sole source of carbon and

reduce it to acetate with H2 as the source of energy

(Drake et al., 2008; Ragsdale, 2008). Acetogens are

known to be present in the rumen but they are less

numerous and considered to be less efficient than

methanogens for utilization of hydrogen as a sub-

strate (Martin et al., 2010). Replacement of metha-

nogenesis with acetogenesis could decrease energy

losses and increase the efficiency of ruminant pro-

duction. Consequently, research on acetogenesis in

ruminant animals has been focused toward two re-

lated areas of interest and application. First of all,

since methane formed as a result of ruminal fermen-

tation is subsequently eructated and is lost to the

animal; thus, it would increase energetic efficiency

of the host animal if this loss of feed energy and car-

bon could be minimized (Boadi et al., 2004; Martin

et al., 2010). Secondly, there is increasing interest in

global warming forced by the production of green-

house gasses such as CO2, CH4, and NO2 (Boadi et

al., 2004; Morrison, 2009). Reductive acetogenesis

is a means for developing alternative H2 sinks away

from methanogens that produce CH4 (Joblin, 1999).

Acetogenesis may provide an important model to

find solutions for limiting CH4 emissions from live-

stock and livestock wastes (Morrison, 2009). Efforts

to enhance in vivo acetogenesis in the rumen have

not been as successful as in vitro studies (Fonty et

al., 2007). Methanogens are thought to outcompete

acetogens because methanogens have a lower hy-

drogen threshold (Martin et al., 2010); however, most

acetogens have been isolated in batch culture in the

presence of high hydrogen concentrations and have

not been selected for low hydrogen thresholds. A

key may be a better understanding of hydrogen use

by acetogens. The objective of this study was to use

H2-limited continuous culture to demonstrate that it

could be used to isolate ruminal acetogenic bacte-

ria able to grow on low threshold concentrations of

H2 utilizing CO2 as their sole carbon source.

MATeRIAlS And MeThodS

Source of Organisms

Acetogenic bacterial strains were isolated ei-

ther from rumen contents collected either from

a ruminally fistulated Angus steer fed a diet of al-

falfa and orchard grass hay at maintenance or of a

ruminally fistulated lactating Holstein Friesian dairy

cow consuming a 60:40 percent hay and corn silage:

corn grain diet at 2.6% of her body weight. Rumen

contents were used to inoculate H2-limiting continu-

ous cultures. Individual strains were isolated after at

least 8 turnovers of the continuous culture.

Media and Growth Conditions

All media were prepared by the anaerobic tech-

niques of (Hungate, 1966) as modified by (Balch and

Wolfe, 1976; Bryant, 1972). The basal semidefined

acetogen medium used for growth and nutritional

studies and the methanogen medium are listed in

Table 1. The medium was boiled under a stream of

oxygen-free CO2, sealed, and autoclaved (120°C, 18

Ib/in², 15 min). The pH of the medium was adjusted

to 6.8 with NaOH before boiling. The cooled me-

dium was transferred into an anaerobic glove box

(Coy Laboratories, Ann Arbor, MI) containing 95%

CO2: 5% H2. For all media, the reducing agents, car-

bonate buffer and vitamins were added separately

to the medium in the anaerobic glove box as sterile

Page 35: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 35

anaerobic solutions. The medium was subsequently

dispensed into 120 ml serum bottles or into 20 ml se-

rum tubes which were then closed with sterile black

butyul rubber serum stoppers and aluminum crimp

closures (BellCo Inc., Vineland, NJ). Solid medium

for isolation of pure cultures consisted of acetogen

medium with the addition of 2% (w/v) agar (Difco).

Continuous culture medium was the same as the

acetogen medium, but the rumen fluid was previ-

ously incubated at 37°C for 6 days to remove carbo-

hydrates (Greening and Leedle, 1989). For chemo-

lithoautotrophic growth of bacterial cultures, serum

bottles (120 ml) and Erlenmeyer flasks (330 ml) were

flushed for 30 seconds and then pressurized at 2.0

atm with either a H2:CO2 (80:20) or a N2:CO2 (75:25)

gas phase, by insertion of sterile disposable needles

through the black butyl stoppers. In all growth and

nutritional studies cultures were incubated at 39°C.

Isolation Procedures

Hydrogen-limited continuous cultures were uti-

lized in an attempt to isolate acetogenic bacteria

with low H2 thresholds from the bovine rumen. The

isolation medium contained 5 mM 2-bromoeth-

anesulfonic acid (BES) (LeVan et al., 1998) to inhibit

methanogens. The growth vessel (200 ml) was initially

half filled with isolation medium, and BES was added

to give an initial concentration of 40 mM for the full

volume of the growth vessel. The inoculum, 40 ml

of rumen fluid, was collected from either the steer

or the lactating dairy cow prior to morning feeding

and strained through a bilayer of cheesecloth under

a stream of CO2 and was added to the growth vessel.

The medium pump was started immediately after in-

oculation and the medium contained 5 mM BES.

The reservoir and growth vessel of the continu-

ous culture were flushed with a stream of humidified

oxygen-free 100% CO2 gas through a glass diffusion

stone. Although the flow rate was not measured,

humidified oxygen-free 100% H2 gas was bubbled

into the growth vessel at a rate to provide 5 to 10

bubbles/ minute. The dilution rate of the continuous

culture was 0.06 h-1 during isolation of acetogenic

bacteria from the steer and 0.28 h-1 during isolation

of acetogenic bacteria from the lactating dairy cow.

The growth vessels were incubated at 39°C. After

8 fluid volume turnovers, 1 ml of fermentation fluid

from the growth vessel was serially diluted in anaero-

bic dilution solution. Each dilution was plated in trip-

licate on solid acetogen medium containing 5 mM

BES. Plates were subsequently incubated anaero-

bically under 1.5 atm of H2:CO2 (80:20) for 6 days

at 39°C. Ten single colonies from each continuous

culture were selected at random and transferred

a Na2CO3 (8% w/v), Cys·HCl (2.5% w/v) and Na2S·9H2O (2.5% w/v) were added separately as sterile anaerobic solutions, to autoclaved and cooled medium.b Greening and Leedle (1989)c Balch and Wolf (1976)

Table 1. Media Composition

Components Acetogen Methanogen(g/L or ml/L) (g/L or ml/L)

K2HPO4 0.24 0.3KH2PO4 0.24 0.3(NH4)SO4 0.24 0.3NaCl 0.48 0.6MgS04·7H2O 0.1 0.13CaCl2·2H20 0.07 0.008NH4Cl 0.54 1

Na2CO3a 4 5

Cys·HCl a 0.25 0.25

Na2S·9H2O a 0.25 0.25

Yeast Extract 0.5 2Resazurin 0.001 0.001Hemin 0.0001 0.001Trypticase - 2CoM - 0.01FeSO4·7H2O - 0.2

Clarified Rumen Fluid (CRF) 50.0ml 100.0ml

Vitamin Sol.b 10.0ml 10.0mlTrace Min. Sol. 10.0ml 10.0ml

Wolf's Trace Min. Sol. 10.0ml -

KH2PO4 (200nM, pH=7)

- 50.0ml

VFA-Mc - 10.0ml

c

Page 36: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

36 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

anaerobically to 10 ml of acetogen medium in dupli-

cate serum bottles. The bottles were pressurized at

2 atm of either H2:CO2 (80:20) or N2:CO2 (75:25) and

incubated on their sides in a rotatory shaker (New

Brunswick Scientific Co., Inc. Model M52, Edison,

NJ) operating at 200 rpm for 3 days at 39°C.

Volatile Fatty Acid (VFA) Assay

After incubation, the supernatant of each culture

was analyzed by gas chromatography using a Varian

3700 (Varian, Inc., Palo Alto, CA) gas chromatograph,

to determine VFA composition. Bacterial isolates

producing at least a 4 fold increase in acetate in

bottles containing H2:CO2 over that produced in

bottles containing N2:CO2 were retained for further

characterization.

H2 Threshold Assay

In order to isolate acetogenic strains with low H2

thresholds, a series of three experiments were per-

formed. The general protocol was to grow cultures

in a complex medium to increase cell number, then

adapt the cells to H2:CO2 flush excess H2:CO2, and

determine H2 thresholds using lower concentrations

of H2. Culture vessels were incubated at 39°C on their

sides in a rotatory shaker operating at 200 rpm.

Experiment 1

Triplicate cultures of each acetogenic isolate were

grown in acetogen medium containing 27.8 mM

glucose for 60 h. Serum bottles were pressurized to

1.5 atm with H2:CO2 (80:20) and the cultures were

incubated an additional 60 h. Cultures were sub-

sequently flushed and pressurized to 1.5 atm with

N2:CO2 (75:25) and incubated for 36 h to lower re-

sidual H2 concentration. Cultures were subsequently

flushed and pressurized to 1.5 atm with H2:CO2:N2

(1:24:75) and incubated for 60 h. Methanogens were

grown on methanogen medium for 120 h on H2:CO2

(80:20) at 1.5 atm, then were flushed with N2:CO2

(75:25) and incubated with H2:CO2:N2 (1:24:75) at

1.5 atm for 60 h.

Experiment 2

The format was similar to experiment 1 in incuba-

tion times and sequence of gas phases. Differences

were duplicate cultures were used and the initial me-

dium contained 0.2% (w/v) Brain Heart Infusion Broth

(BHI) instead of glucose. Cultures were incubated for

130 h under H2:CO2:N2 (1:24:75) after flushing with

N2:CO2 (75:25).

Experiment 3

The format was similar to experiment 2 where

bacterial cultures were initially grown in BHI and

then flushed with N2:CO2 (75:25), except that 10 ml

fresh acetogen medium (without glucose or BHI) was

added prior to pressurizing with H2:CO2:N2 (1:24:75).

After incubation, the head space of each culture

vessel was analyzed by gas chromatography using

a varian 3700 gas chromatograph, to determine H2

concentration. Bacterial isolates with the lowest H2

thresholds were retained for further characteriza-

tion. Selected strains were further purified on solid

acetogen medium under H2:CO2 (80:20) and stored

as broth cultures in glycerol at -4°C as described by

(Teather, 1982).

Characterization studies

Gram stain, flagella stain, optimum pH, and heat

test for spore determination were performed accord-

ing to (Holdeman et al., 1977). Optimum tempera-

ture of growth was determined by growing cultures

in acetogen medium containing 5.6 mM glucose at

the respective temperatures for 48 h with optimum

temperature being defined as that temperature that

yielded the highest OD measured at 660 nm at 48

hours. Oxygen sensitivity was tested by three meth-

ods: a) degree of growth throughout stab cultures

in acetogen medium containing 0.5% (w/v) glucose

and 0.4% (w/v) agar, in which the topmost layer was

allowed to oxidize; b) zone of growth in PYG mol-

ten agar medium (Holdeman et al, 1977); and c)

growth on non-reduced, aerobically prepared solid

acetogen medium or in aerobic acetogen broth con-

taining 0.5% (w/v) glucose. For colony formation,

isolates were plated on solid acetogen medium con-

taining 5.6 mM glucose and incubated aerobically

or anaerobically at 39° C. Nitrate reduction, cata-

lase, oxidase, esculin hydrolysis and utilization, and

Page 37: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 37

starch-hydrolysis tests were performed according to

(Holdeman et al., 1977). GC-fatty acid methyl ester

(FAME) analysis was performed on strains H3HH and

A10 grown in acetogen medium (Table 1) by Mi-

crobe Inotech Laboratories (St. Louis, MO). Similari-

ty and distance coefficients were evaluated between

strains A10 and H3HH and known bacterial species

using the anaerobe database (Moore, ver. 3.7).

Nutritional Studies

The ability of isolates to utilize organic substrates

as energy sources was determined using acetogen

medium containing 0.5% (w/v) of the substrate tested.

Each organic substrate tested was added to the me-

dium as a sterile anaerobic stock solution. Substrate

utilization was assessed by an increase in OD, 660 nm,

after 36 h of growth at 39°C. Determination of cell dry

mass was performed directly on cells washed in saline

solution (NaCl, 0.1% w/v) and harvested from distilled

water. For molar growth yields, cell net dry weight

of 500 ml cultures were compared with the amount

of substrate consumed. Glucose concentration was

measured enzymatically using glucose oxidase re-

agents from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO).

The requirement of isolates for rumen fluid and

yeast extract was determined using Erlenmeyer flasks

(300 ml, BellCo Inc., Vineland, NJ) modified by addi-

tion of a side arm (130 mm x 16 mm) and a serum bot-

tle (20 mm) closure at the top. The bottles were filled

with 20 ml of acetogen medium and then were pres-

surized to 2 atm with either H2:CO2 (80:20) or N2:CO2

(75:25). The inoculum was 0.2 ml (1%, w/v) of a third

transfer of a culture grown under H2:CO2 (80:20). The

flasks were incubated upright at 39°C and agitated

at 200 rpm on a rotatory shaker. The growth of each

organism was followed by measuring the increase in

optical density at 660 nm with time.

Growth Studies

For the assessment of growth and stoichiometry of

acetic acid production and H2 consumption, serum

bottles (120 ml, BellCo Inc.) were filled with either

10 ml of basal acetogen medium or with acetogen

medium containing 5.6 mM glucose and pressurized

to 2 atm with either H2:CO2 (80:20) or N2:CO2 (75:25).

Cultures from each isolate were transferred three

times in medium containing the test substrate and

then a 0.1 ml of the culture was used to inoculate se-

rum bottles for growth determination. Serum bottles

were incubated on their sides and agitated at 200

rpm on a rotatory shaker (New Brunswick Scientific

Co.). Growth of each isolate was measured as an in-

crease in OD. Hydrogen utilization was determined

by measuring reduction in gas volume with a system

similar to that described by (Balch and Wolfe, 1976).

For each sample time, a 4 ml sample of the culture

liquid from each culture was frozen (-4°C) for subse-

quent VFA analysis.

Analytical Methods

Optical density was measured at 660 nm using a

Spectronic 70 spectrophotometer (Bausch & Lomb,

Rochester, NY). Volatile fatty acid production by iso-

lates was measured by gas-liquid chromatography

(GLC) (Holdeman et al., 1977). The frozen samples

were thawed and centrifuged at 15,000 rpm for 5

min, the supernatant was subsequently acidified by

adding 20% (w/v) of methaphopsphoric acid (25%,

w/v) and analyzed. A 3 ft long column, packed with

SP 1220 (Supelco, Bellefonte, PA, USA), was used in

a Varian 3700 GLC with a flame ionization detector.

Oven temperature was 130° C (isothermal), injector

temperature was 170° C, and detector temperature

was 180°C, with carrier gas (N2) flowing at rate of 30

ml per minute.

For the measurement of H2 uptake and CH4 produc-

tion, gas samples were analyzed using a Varian 3700

gas chromatograph equipped with a thermal con-

ductivity detector and a silica gel column (Supelco).

Temperatures of the injector, oven and detector were

room temperature, 130°C, and 120°C respectively,

with carrier gas (N2) flowing at 30 ml per minute.

Microscopy

Determination of cell morphology and presence

of spores and flagella were assessed by phase con-

Page 38: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

38 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

trast microscopy (Carl Zeiss D-7082, Oberkochen,

Germany). Scanning electron micrographs were pre-

pared from cells grown to midlog or early stationary

phase in acetogen medium containing 27.8 mM glu-

cose. For scanning electron microscopy, a poly-D-

lysine coated cover slip was immersed in culture fluid

for one hour. Each coverslip was then fixed for 3 h

with 5% (w/v) glutaraldehyde and 1% (w/v) osmium

tetroxide in 0.1 M phosphate buffer, pH = 6.8. The

material was dehydrated by a series of graded etha-

nol solutions (Lamed et al., 1987). The cells on the

cover slips were critical point dried with liquid CO2.

The samples were sputter coated with gold palladi-

um in a Technics Hummer I and viewed with a JEOL

JSMM840 scanning electron microscope (JEOL Ltd.

Tokyo, Japan).

DNA Base Composition

For determination of mole percent guanine plus

cytosine, chromosomal DNA was extracted from

bacterial cells using the procedure described by

(Marmur, 1961). The mole percentage guanine plus

cytosine was calculated from the inflection point of

the temperature melting profile of isolated DNA with

DNA from Escherichia coli strain K12 as the reference

(Marmur and Doty, 1962). The temperature melting

profiles were analyzed using a Perkin-Elmer Lambda

3A spectrophotometer (Norwalk, CT) equipped with

a thermal cuvette.

ReSulTS And dISCuSSIon

Isolation of Bacteria

Twenty strains of acetogenic bacteria were iso-

lated from rumen contents of either an Angus steer

fed a high forage diet or a lactating dairy cow (Hol-

stein Friesian) fed a 40% concentrate diet. All iso-

lates produced at least five fold more acetate un-

der H2:CO2 than under N2:CO2. Acetate production

ranged from 40 to 75 mM on H2:CO2 and from 2

to 8 mM on N2:CO2. The production of other short

chain VFA was minimal for all strains designated.

Bacterial Characterization

All isolates stained gram positive. Strain A4 and

A9 were short rods while strains A2, A10, H3HH, and

H3HP were oval cocci (Table 3). However, H3HH was

pleomorphic, especially during exponential growth

on a rich carbohydrate medium. No flagella were ob-

On the basis of morphology, growth characteristics,

and H2 threshold values, acetogenic strains H3HH,

H3HP, A10, A2, A4, and A9 were selected for further

characterization. Hydrogen threshold of strain A10

and H3HH were the closest to those of the metha-

nogen strain NI4A (Table 2) and were more com-

pletely characterized. These threshold values are

lower than those reported by (LeVan et al., 1998) for

other ruminal acetogens and are comparable to the

values for non-ruminal acetogens (Cord-Ruwisch et

al., 1998).

Table 2. Hydrogen threshold values of methano-gen strain NI4A and of acetogenic strains A10, A2, A9, A4, and H3HH.

a Acetogenic isolates initially grown in 10 ml acetogen medium containing 27.8 mM glucose then flushed and incubated with 1% H2 for an additional 60 h

b Acetogenic isolates initially grown in 0.2% (w/v) BHI then flushed and incubated with 1% H2 for an ad-ditional 130 h

c Acetogenic isolates initially grown in 0.2% (w/v) BHI with 10 ml fresh medium added prior to incubation with 1% H2 for additional 130 h

d ND=not done

H2 Concentration (ppm)

Culture EXP 1a EXP 2b EXP 3c

Initial 10702 9993 9993NI4A 92 90 NDd

A10 1284 994 208A2 2516 1852 1383A9 5383 66157 1619A4 8007 NDd NDH3HH 1390 ND ND

Page 39: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 39

served by either electron microscopy (Figures 1 and

2 for A10 and H2HH) or by standard staining proce-

dures using light microscopy. No spores were ob-

served by phase contrast microscopy and no spores

were produced by heating the cultures at 80° C for 30

min (Holdeman et al., 1976).

All strains when grown in H2:CO2 or glucose were

mesophilic. Strains H3HH, A10 and A2 grown in ace-

togen medium plus 0.1 (w/v) glucose, reached higher

OD at 30° C, however all strains grew faster at 39°C

(Table 4). Thus 39°C was considered the optimum tem-

perature of growth. Cells grew within a temperature

range of 17° to 45°C. strains H3HH and A2 reached

higher OD at 30°C and grew poorly or did not grow at

17°C. Strain A10 grew at almost the same rate at 30° C

and 39°C and was uniquely different from strain H3HH

and A2 in that it was able to grow at 17° C. The opti-

mum pH for growth in acetogen medium plus 0.5%

(w/v) glucose was 7.0 for strains A10 and H3HH and

7.5 for strains A2 and H3HP (Table 3). The pH range for

growth was 5.5 to 8.0 (data not shown). While strains

H3HH, H3HP, and A2 were strict anaerobes, strain A10

was considered to be facultative, because it grew in

all the media and conditions used to determine oxy-

gen sensitivity (Table 3). Most acetogens isolated have

been more strict anaerobes although several can tol-

erate low concentrations of O2 after exhibiting a lag

phase in growth (Karnholz et al., 2002).

Table 3. Morphological characteristics of isolates.

Cat. = catalase Sens. = sensitivity pleom. = pleomorphic

Figure 1. Picture A10: Morphology of strain A10 at late log-phase grown in acetogen medium containing 27.8 mM glucose (Scanning Electron Microscopy, x 11, 000).

Figure 2. Picture H3HH: Morphology of strain H3HH at late log-phase grown in acetogen medium containing 27.8 mM glucose (Scanning Electron Microscopy, x 11, 000).

Culture Gram stain Shape Cell size

µmOxygen

Sens. Cat. Spore MotileOptimum

Temp. (°C)

Optimum pH

G+C Mol%

H3HH + cocci-pleom 0.6-0.8 x 1.0-1.2 anaerobe - No No 39 6.8-7.0 ND

H3HP + oval-cocci 0.6-0.8 x 1.0-1.3 anaerobe - No No 39 7.5 ND

A10 + oval-cocci 0.6-0.8 x 1.0-1.4 facultative + No No 39 6.8-7.5 51.5

A2 + oval-cocci 0.6-0.8 x 1.0-1.5 anaerobe - No No 39 6.8-7.5 ND

Page 40: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

40 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

After 5 days of autotrophic growth on solid ace-

togen medium under H2:CO2, strain H3HH colonies

were 1 mm in diameter, entire, slightly convex with a

regular margin and the colonies were white in color.

Colonies of strain A10 were approximately 0.7 mm

in diameter, the colonies were entire with a regular

margin and were transparent. When incubated aero-

bically on solid acetogen medium containing 27.8

mM glucose, strain A10 colonies were 1.2 mm in di-

ameter, were convex with a regular margin and were

white in color (data not shown). The FAME compo-

sition of strain A10 and H3HH was not found to be

similar to any of the species existing in the anaerobe

database (Moore, ver. 3.7). Species of interest clos-

est to these isolates that were in the FAME database

included Peptostreptococcus productus, Clostridi-

um thermoaceticum, Clostridium thermoautotrophi-

cum, and Eubacterium limosum. The mol% G+C for

strain A10 was 51.5% but was not determined for the

other isolates.

Nutrition Studies, Growth Studies, and Fermentation

Yeast extract, rumen fluid, or both were required

to support initial growth of strains A10 and H3HH

(data not shown). Both strains reached higher op-

tical density when growing on a basal acetogen

medium plus yeast extract, but initially they grew

faster when both yeast extract and rumen fluid were

added to the basal acetogen medium. All strains

utilized a wide range of carbohydrates as an energy

source (Table 4). Cellobiose, lactose, and sucrose

supported the highest growth. No strain was able

to utilize arabinose. Esculin was utilized poorly even

though all strains were able to hydrolyze it. Pectin

and casein were poorly utilized. Strain A10 was the

only strain that did not utilize glycerol. Simple acids

listed in Table 4 were either poorly or not utilized.

Strains H3HH, H3HP, and A2 were all oxidase and

catalase negative (Table 3). Strain A10 was oxidase

negative, but showed a weakly positive response in

the catalase test. Strains A10, A2, H3HH, and H3HP

were able to hydrolyze esculin and both strains A10

and H3HH were able to reduce nitrate (Table 5).

Strain A10, but not strain H3HH, was able to hydro-

lyze starch.

Strain H3HH differed from the ruminal acetogen

Acetitomaculum ruminis, in cell shape, absence of

flagella, and substrate utilization (Greening and

Leedle, 1989). Strain H3HH also differed from the

ruminal acetogen Eubacterium limosum, in sub-

strate utilization (Genthner et al., 1981; Genthner

and Bryant, 1982, 1987) and the ability to reduce

nitrate to nitrite. The species that most closely re-

sembled strain H3HH was Peptostreptococcus pro-

ductus which had been isolated from the calf rumen

(Bryant et al., 1958). However, strain H3HH was not

Table 4. Growtha of selected acetogenic strains on various substrates.

a Absorbance (660 nm) values represent the increase in OD after 36 hours of incubation at 39°C.

b Growth tests were carried out in acetogen medium plus 0.5% (w/v) of the desired substrate. Substrates were added separately as sterile anaerobic solutions to the autoclaved and cooled medium.

Substrateb A10 H3HP H3HH A2

Arabinose 0.13a 0.09 0.12 0.08Cellobiose 3.1 1.71 2.6 2.39Fructose 1.54 0.89 1.29 1.56Galactose 1.38 0.76 1.93 1.35Glucose 1.5 1.1 2.1 1.7Lactose 2.16 1.28 2.48 2.12Maltose 1.97 1.25 2.13 1.56Sucrose 2.58 1.23 2.14 1.99Casein 0.33 0.34 0.37 0.43Esculin 0.59 0.72 0.45 0.23Glycerol 0.22 1.04 0.69 1.2Mannitol 0.38 0.36 1.19 0.21Pectin 0.23 0.25 0.28 0.2Starch 1.5 1.35 0.12 0.15Glutamic acid 0.11 0.05 0.18 0.09

Formic acid 0.17 0.48 0.17 0.1

Fumaric acid 0.08 0.03 0.03 0.05

Lactic acid 0.13 0.17 0.03 0.13Succinic acid 0.05 0.08 0.09 0.05

Page 41: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 41

related to P. productus based on GC-FAME analysis.

Strain H3HH differed from Clostridium thermoaceti-

cum and C. thermoautotrophicum in cell shape and

because it did not form spores (Fontaine et al., 1941;

Wiegel et al., 1981). Both strain H3HH and A. kivui

lack flagella and do not produce spores but strain

H3HH differed from A. kivui in cell shape, growth

temperature range and substrate utilized (Klemps et

al., 1987; Leigh et al., 1981; Leigh and Wolfe, 1983).

Strain A10 differed from strain H3HH in substrate

utilization profile (Table 4), and because strain A10

is catalase positive, could also hydrolyze starch, and

is a facultative anaerobe. Strain A10 differed from

the ruminal acetogen Acetitomaculum ruminis, in

cell shape, absence of flagella, substrates utilized,

and DNA base composition (Greening and Leedle,

1989). Strain A10 also differed from the ruminal ace-

togen Eubacterium limosum, in being able to reduce

nitrate and in substrate utilization profile (Genthner

et al., 1981; Genthner and Bryant, 1982, 1987). Strain

A10 was not related to P. productus based on GC-

FAME analysis. Strain A10 differed from Clostridium

thermoaceticum, and C. thermoautotrophicum in

cell shape, lack of flagella and a lower optimum

temperature for growth (Fontaine et al., 1941; Wie-

gel et al., 1981). Strain A10 differed from Acetoge-

nium kivui in cell shape, growth temperature range,

and substrate utilization profile ( Klemps et al., 1987;

Leigh et al., 1981; Leigh and Wolfe, 1983).

Acetate was the major VFA produced when strains

A10 and H3HH were growing in H2:CO2, glucose, or

glucose plus H2:CO2 When strains A10 and H3HH

were grown under H2:CO2 (80:20) strain A10 achieved

a maximum OD of 0.84 and a doubling time of 16 h

(Table 5), strain H3HH achieved a maximum OD of

0.81 and a doubling time of 13 h. These OD values

are lower than those achieved by E. limosum but the

doubling time is shorter (Genthner et al., 1981; Gen-

thner and Bryant, 1982, 1987). The maximum acetate

production of strains A10 and H3HH growing under

H2:CO2 (80:20) was 69 and 35 mM respectively. Both

C. thermoautotrophicum and E. limosum have been

shown to produce slightly more acetate (Genthner

et al., 1981; Genthner and Bryant, 1982, 1987; Wie-

gel et al., 1981). When strains A10 and H3HH were

grown on glucose (5.6 mM) strain A10 achieved a

maximum OD of 0.79 and a doubling time of 1.4 h,

strain H3HH achieved a maximum OD of 0.65 and a

doubling time of 1 h. The maximum acetate produc-

tion of strains A10 and H3HH growing on glucose (5.6

mM) was 14 and 15 mM respectively. When grown on

glucose plus H2:CO2 strain A10 and H3HH achieved

a maximum OD of 1.27 and 1.22 respectively.

When grown on H2:CO2 as an energy source, H2

consumption by strain A10 and H3HH was close to

the theoretical stoichiometry:

4H2 + 2CO2 g 1CH3COOH + 2H2O (Table 6)

Molar growth yields (g dry weight cell/mol sub-

strate consumed) for strain A10 and strain H3HH

were 0.67 and 0.51 g/mole respectively which were

Table 5. Growth and fermentation characteristics of isolates

Doub. = doubling Prod. = production

Culture

O.D. H2:CO2

Doub. Time

H2:CO2

Acetate Prod. (mM)

H2 Threshold

(ppm)

y (H2) (g

DW/mole)

Esculin Hydrol.

Nitrate Reduction

Starch Hydrol.

H3HH 0.81 13h 35 1390 0.51 + + -H3HP 0.73 15h 62 ND ND + ND NDA10 0.84 16h 68.8 209 0.67 + + ND

A2 0.43 24h 30 1383 ND + ND ND

Hydrol. = hydrolysis ND = Not Determined

Page 42: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

42 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

lower than the values reported for C. thermoauto-

trophicum and E. limosum (Genthner et al., 1981;

Genthner and Bryant, 1982, 1987; Wiegel et al.,

1981). When grown on glucose as energy source,

glucose consumption by strain A10 and H3HH

was consistent with the theoretical stoichiometry:

C6H12O6 (glucose)g 3CH3COOH (Table 7)

Molar yields (g dry weight cell/mol substrate con-

sumed) were 36.9 for strain A10 and 47.4 for strain

H3HH.

ConCluSIon

Ruminants are one of the many sources of bio-

genic methane, hence the interest in reducing emis-

sions (Boadi et al, 2004; Fonty et al., 2007; Morrison,

2009). Ruminants may provide an important model

to enhance the animal production efficiency while

at the same time reduce global warming effects. In

addition, assuming that the energy lost as methane

by ruminants represents a loss of potential energy

to the animal (Branine and Johnson, 1990), sig-

nificant savings in feed cost to the producer could

Table 6. Growth yields and stoichiometry of fermentation of strains A10 and H3HH, grown on H2 + CO2(80:20)

aCell dry weights were determined from 500 ml cultures grown in acetogen medium under a H2:CO2 (80:20) gas atmosphere.

b Assimilation of acetate into cell material was calculated by the equation: 17C2H3O2 + 11H20 g 8<C4H7O3> + 2HCO3 + 150H; thus, 20.6 μmol acetate was required for 1.0 mg of cell dry matter (Eichler and Schink, 1984).

cH2 present in fermentation products as percentage of H2 consumed

Table 7. Growth yields and stoichiometry of fermentation of strains A10 and H3HH, grown in acetogen medium containing 5.6 mM glucose.

a Cell dry weights were determined from 500 ml cultures grown in acetogen medium under a H2:CO2 (80:20) gas atmosphere.

b Assimilation of acetate into cell material was calculated by the equation: 17C2H3O2 + 11H20 g 8<C4H7O3> + 2HCO3 + 150H; thus, 20.6 μmol acetate was required for 1.0 mg of cell dry matter (Eichler and Schink, 1984).

Culture

H2 uptake mM

Cell Dry

Weighta mg/ml

Acetate

Assimilatedb

mM

Acetate Produced mM

%H2

Recoveryc

Y(H2) g/mole

A10 421.6 0.28 5.83 68.86 71 0.67

H3HH 128.3 0.07 1.36 35 114 0.51

Culture

Initial Glucose Conc. mM

Cell Dry

Weighta mg/ml

Acetate

Assimilatedb

mM

Acetate Produced

mM

%Carbon Recovery

Y(Glc) g/mole

A10 5.6 0.22 4.54 14.37 113 36.9

H3HH 5.6 0.26 5.42 11.18 99.6 47.4

Page 43: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 43

be realized if the potential energy presently lost as

methane is captured as fermentation products. Con-

sequently, methanogenesis in the rumen could be

inhibited and acetogenesis in the rumen enhanced

sufficiently to act as an electron sink and convert en-

ergy in H2 to acetate, which in turn can be utilized

by the animal (Boadi et al., 2004; Morrison, 2009).

Several limitations remain in the study because un-

fortunately these isolates have now been lost. First,

the taxonomy of the isolates was not resolved since

standard nutritional and physiological methods were

used instead of molecular methods. A next step

would have been to use 16S rRNA gene sequence

analysis of these isolates to provide phylogenetic

identification of the isolates. Such information would

have allowed design of FISH probes or PCR primers

for quantifying these acetogens both in vivo and in

vitro, thus expanding greatly the direction of future

research in this area. Unfortunately, the current iso-

lates were lost due to freezer malfunction and further

phylogenetic characterization is not possible. Despite

these limitations, the current study does demonstrate

that H2 limited continuous culture is a possible ap-

proach for isolating low H2 threshold isolates from the

rumen or other anaerobic ecosystems.

ACknowledgeMenT

We thank Kenneth Maciorowski, Purdue University,

for performing the scanning electron micrographs.

RefeRenCeS

Balch, W.E., and R.S. Wolfe. 1976. A new approach to

the cultivation of methanogenic bacteria: 2-mer-

captoethanesulfonic acid (HS-CoM)-dependent

growth of Methanobacterium ruminantium in a

pressurized atmosphere. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

32:781-791.

Blaxter, K.L., and J.L. Clapperton. 1965. Prediction of

the amount of methane produced by ruminants.

Br. J. Nutr. 19:511-522.

Branine, M.E. and D.E. Johnson.1990. Level of intake

effects on ruminant methane loss across a wide

range of diets. J. Anim. Sci. 68:509-510.

Boadi, D., C. Benchaar, J. Chiquette, D. Massé. 2004.

Mitigation strategies to reduce enteric methane

emissions from dairy cows: update review. Can. J.

Anim. Sci. 84:319-335.

Bryant, M.P. 1972. Commentary on the Hungate

technique for culture of anaerobic bacteria. Am. J.

Clin. Nutr. 25:1324-1328.

Bryant, M. P., N. Small, C. Bouma, I. Robinson. 1958.

Studies on the composition of the ruminal flora

and fauna of young calves. J. Dairy Sci. 14:1747-

1767.

Chalupa, W. 1980. Chemical control of rumen micro-

bial metabolism. In: Y. Ruckebusch and P. Thivend.

Eds. Digestive physiology and metabolism in rumi-

nants. MTP Press, Lancaster, England. p 325-347.

Cord-Ruwisch, R., H.J. Setiz, R. Conrad. 1998. The

capacity of hydrogenotrophic anaerobic bacteria

to compete for traces of hydrogen depends on the

redox potential of the terminal electron acceptor.

Arch. Microbiol. 149:350-357.

Drake, H.L., A.S. Gößner, S.L. Daniel. 2008. Old ace-

togens, new light. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 1125:100-

128.

Eichler, B. and B. Schink. 1984. Oxidation of primary

aliphatic alcohols by Acetobacterium carbinolicum

sp. nov., a homoacetogenic anaerobe. Arch. Mi-

crobiol. 140:147-152.

Fontaine, F.E., W.H. Peterson, E. McCoy, M.A. John-

son. 1941. A new type of glucose fermentation.

Clostridium thermoaceticum n.sp. J. Bacteriol.

43:701-715.

Fonty, G.F., K. Joblin, M. Chavarot, G.N. Roux, F.

Michallon. 2007. Establishment and development

of ruminal hydrogenotrophs in methanogen-free

lambs. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 73:6391-6403.

Genthner, B.R.S., C.L. Davis, M.P. Bryant. 1981. Fea-

tures of rumen and sewage strains of

Eubacterium limosum, a methanol and H2-CO2-uti-

lizing species. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 42:12-19.

Genthner, B.R.S., M.P. Bryant. 1982. Growth of Eu-

bacterium limosum with carbon monoxide as the

energy source. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 43:70-74.

Genthner, B.R.S., M.P. Bryant. 1987. Additional char-

acteristics of one-carbon-compound utilization by

Eubacterium limosum and Acetobacterium wodii.

Page 44: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

44 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 53:471-476.

Greening, R.C., J.A.Z. Leedle. 1989. Enrichment and

isolation of Acetitomaculum ruminis, gen. nov., sp.

nov.: acetogenic bacteria from the bovine rumen.

Arch. Microbiol. 151:399-406.

Holdeman, L.V., I.J. Good, W.E.C. Moore. 1976. Hu-

man fecal flora: variation in bacterial composition

within individuals and a possible effect of emo-

tional stress. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 31:359-375.

Holdeman, L.V., E.P. Cato, W.E.C. Moore. 1977. An-

aerobic cocci. In: Anaerobe laboratory manual. 4th

ed. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Univer-

sity, Blacksburg, VA. p 12-21.

Hungate, R.E. 1966. The rumen and its microbes.

Academic Press, New York, NY. 533 p.

Joblin, K.N. 1999. Ruminal acetogens and their po-

tential to lower ruminant methane emissions. Aus-

tralian. J. Agric. Res. 50:1307-1313.

Karnholz, A., K. Kusel, A. Gobner, A. Schramm, H.

Drake. 2002. Tolerance and metabolic response of

acetogenic bacteria toward oxygen. Appl. Environ.

Microbiol. 68:1005-1009.

Klemps, R, S.M. Shoberth, H. Sahm. 1987. Produc-

tion of acetic acid by Aetogenium Kivui. Appl. Mi-

crobiol. Biotechnol. 27:229-234.

Lamed, R., J. Naimark, E. Morgenstern, E.A. Bayer.

1987. Specialized cell surface structures in cellulo-

lytic bacteria. J. Bacteriol. 169:3792-3800.

Leigh, J.A., F. Mayer, R.S. Wolfe. 1981. Acetogenium

kivui, a new thermophilic hydrogen-oxidizing, ace-

togenic bacterium. Arch. Microbiol. 129:275-280.

Leigh, J.A., R.S. Wolfe. 1983. Acetogenium kivui gen.

nov., sp.nov., a thermophilic acetogenic bacterium.

Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 33:886.

LeVan, T.D., J.A. Robinson, J. Ralph, R.C. Greening,

W.J. Smolenski, J.A.Z. Leedle, D.M. Schaefer. 1998.

Assessment of reductive acetogenesis with indig-

enous ruminal bacterium populations and Acet-

itomaculum ruminis. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol.

64:3429-3436.

Marmur, J.A. 1961. A procedure for the isolation of

deoxyribonucleic acid from microorganisms. J.

Mol. Biol. 3:208-218.

Marmur, J.A., P. Doty. 1962. Determination of the

base composition of deoxyribonucleic acid from

its thermal denaturation temperature. J. Mol. Biol.

5:109-118.

Martin, C., D.P. Morgavi, M. Doreau. 2010. Methane

mitigation in ruminants: from microbe to the farm

scale. Animal 4:351-365.

Morrison, K. 2009. Towards greener grazing. Nat.

Rep. Clim. Change 3:104-106.

Ragsdale, S. 2008. Enzymology of the Wood-Ljung-

dahl pathway of acetogenesis. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.

1125:139-136.

Ricke, S.C., S.A. Martin, D.J. Nisbet. 1996. Ecology,

metabolism, and genetics of ruminal selenomo-

nads. Crit. Rev. Microbiol. 22:27-65.

Russell, J.B., J.L. Rychlik. 2001. Factors that alter ru-

men in microbial ecology. Science 292:1119-1122.

Stevenson, D.M., P.J. Weimer. 2007. Dominance of

Prevotella and low abundance of classical ruminal

bacteria species in the bovine rumen revealed by

relative quantification real-time PCR. Appl. Micro-

biol. Biotechnol. 75:165-174.

Teather, R.M. 1982. Maintenance of laboratory strains

of obligately anaerobic rumen bacteria. Appl. En-

viron. Microbiol. 44:499-501.

Uyeno, Y., Y. Sekiguchi, K.Tajima, A. Takenaka, M.

Karihara, and Y. Kamagata. 2007. Evaluation of

group-specific, 16S rRNA-targeted scissor probes

for quantitative detection of predominant bacte-

rial populations in dairy cattle rumen. J. Appl. Mi-

crobiol. 103:1995-2005.

Weimer, P.J., J.B. Russell, R.E. Muck. 2009. Lessons

from the cow: what the ruminant animal can teach

us about consolidated bioprocessing of cellulosic

biomass. Bioresour. Technol. 100:5323-5331.

Wiegel, J., M. Braun, G. Gottschalk. 1981. Clostrid-

ium thermoautotrophicum species novum, a ther-

mophile producing acetate from molecular hydro-

gen and carbon dioxide. Curr. Microbiol. 5:255-260.

Wright, A.G., A.F. Toovey, C.L. Pimm. 2006. Molecular

identification of methongenic archaea from sheep

in Queensland, Australia reveal more uncultured

novel archaea. Anaerobe 12:134-139.

Page 45: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 45

www.afabjournal.comCopyright © 2011

Agriculture, Food and Analytical Bacteriology

ABSTRACT

The objective of this experiment was to determine the effect of plant-based protein meals (soybean and

canola) in poultry feed on colonization and shedding of Salmonella Heidelberg in broiler birds over a 42-

day period. One-day old chicks were randomly assigned to 4 different dietary treatments (n=360 birds per

treatment) with 6 replicates per treatment, 60 birds per replication. Three all plant protein meal diets and

one commercial diet containing animal protein meal (meat and bone) were used in the study. Half of the

birds (n=30) per pen were challenged with nalidixic acid-resistant (NA) S. Heidelberg on day one (called

seeders), and the remaining unchallenged birds were called contacts. Drag swabs were collected from all

pens on days 0 (prior to placement), 14, and 42. Ceca samples were collected from 20 birds per pen (10

seeders and 10 contacts) on day 42. Drag swabs and ceca samples were examined for NA- S. Heidelberg

using enrichment and enumeration/enrichment, respectively. All drag swabs were negative on day 0, but

positive for S. Heidelberg on both days 14 and 42. Within seeder and contact birds, there was no signifi-

cant differences in:1) NA-S. Heidelberg concentration (cfu/g of ceca), and 2) proportions of positive ceca

among the treatment groups. It can be concluded that all plant-based protein meal diets did not signifi-

cantly reduce the environmental contamination with S. Heidelberg nor did it reduce the concentration and

proportion of positive S. Heidelberg in contact and seeder birds compared to commercial diet containing

animal protein meal. Keywords: Salmonella Heidelberg, broiler, canola, soybean, performance, plant-based protein meal, animal protein meal, shedding, colonization

InTRoduCTIon

Foodborne salmonellosis is a major public health

concern in the United States. Poultry continues to be

Received: Sepetember 22, 2010, Accepted: October 19, 2010. Released Online Advance Publication: May 6, 2011. Correspondence: W. Q. Walid , [email protected]: +1 (770) 467-6066 Fax: +1-(770) 229-3216

an important frequent vehicle of Salmonella trans-

mission to humans, mainly via contaminated chicken

meat. Therefore, reducing Salmonella colonization

and shedding in live chickens and consequently

chicken meat contamination can lead to a decline

in the burden of salmonellosis in humans. Poultry

feed is at the beginning of the food safety chain in

Effect of Plant-based Protein Meal Use in Poultry Feed on Colonization and Shedding of Salmonella Heidelberg in Broiler Birds

W. Q. Alali1, C. L. Hofacre2, G. F. Mathis3, A. B. Batal4

1Center for Food Safety, University of Georgia, Griffin, Georgia2Department of Population Health, Poultry Diagnostic and Research Center, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia

3Southern Poultry Research, Athens, Georgia4Department of Poultry Science, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. 1: 45-53, 2011

Page 46: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

46 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

the farm-to-table continuum. Broiler bird infection,

colonization and subsequent fecal shedding of Sal-

monella is prevalent ( Bailey et al., 2001; Liljebjelke

et al., 2005; Renwick et al., 1992; Rodriguez et al.,

2006). Several studies have examined the effect of

various on-farm management practices (e.g., vac-

cine, use of antibiotics and probiotics, cereal grains)

on colonization and shedding of Salmonella in poul-

try (Barrow et al., 1984; Bjerrum et al., 2005; Engberg

et al., 2004; Hofacre et al., 2007; Van Immerseel et al.,

2005). However, very little is known about how dif-

ferent feed rations/ingredients; specifically, how the

type of protein meals in broiler feed affect the colo-

nization and shedding of Salmonella in broiler birds.

Globally, the feed industry is considering alterna-

tives (e.g., soybean, cottonseed meal, fishmeal, and

legumes) to the rising cost of animal protein meals

(e.g., meat and bone meal and animal by-products)

and the worldwide growth in intensive poultry pro-

duction (FAO, 2004). Furthermore, the high preva-

lence of contaminants (e.g., Salmonella spp.) de-

tected in the animal protein meal ( Hacking et al.,

1978; Hofacre et al., 2001; Isa et al., 1963; Veldman et

al., 1995) is another reason to look for suitable alter-

natives. Soybean and canola meals (i.e., rapeseed)

are the largest protein meals produced worldwide

(USDA, 2010a). These meals are high in protein and

can be used in broiler feed to provide up to 60% of

the crude protein in a typical diet (Newkirk and Clas-

sen, 2002). Canola meal has lower protein content

than soybean meal (34 to 38 % compared to 44 to

49 %) and lower concentration of essential amino

acids. Canola meal is considered a protein source

for animals that do not have high energy demand.

It has been largely fed to cattle and pigs as part of

their diet rations (Brzoska, 2008; Caine et al., 2008).

Additionally, canola meal is used in broiler diet as

a protein source (up to 10%) (Dale, 1996; Montazer-

Sadegh, et al. 2008). The U.S. produced 41 million

tons of soybean meal in 2009 (valued at $12.5 bil-

lion) and 787,000 tons canola meal in the same

year (valued at $196 million) (USDA, 2010b). On the

other hand, the U.S. imported 1.9 million tons of

canola meal, mainly from Canada, in 2009 valued at

$469 million (USDA, 2010b).

This study was conducted to compare the effect

of plant-based protein meals (soybean and canola)

in poultry feed on colonization and shedding of Sal-

monella Heidelberg in broiler birds over a 42-day

period compared to broiler fed animal protein meals

(meat and bone). We also compared the effect of the

diets used in the study on the broiler birds perfor-

mance (feed conversion ratio [FCR] and weight gain)

and mortality percentages.

MATeRIAlS And MeThodS

Study Design

Chicks were assigned randomly to 4 different di-

etary treatments (n=360 birds per treatment) with

6 replicates per treatment, 60 birds per replication.

Treatment 1 was an all plant-based feed containing

diet, 35% soybean protein meal (SBM). Treatment

2 was an all plant-based diet containing 30% SBM

and 10% canola meal (CM). Treatment 3 was an all

plant-based diet containing 10% SBM and 40% CM.

Treatment 4 (control diet) was a commercial diet con-

taining animal protein meal (10% meat and bone)

and plant-based protein meal (17% SBM and 10%

CM). The study consisted of 24 pens starting with 60

male broiler chickens. The birds were Cobb×Cobb

one-day-old male broilers purchased from Cobb-

Vantress hatchery (Cleveland, GA). All birds were

spray vaccinated with Coccivac-B on day one. Sixty

birds were housed in each floor pen (0.77 ft2/bird,

stocking density) that contained litter of approxi-

mately 4 inches of fresh pine shavings. Feed and

water were available ad libitum.

Feed Formulation

All diets were formulated to meet or exceed the

animal nutrient requirements (NRC, 1994). Three diet

phases were used: a starter (0 to 14 days of age),

grower (14 to 28 days), and finisher (28 to 42 days).

Tables 1 through 3 show the composition of the

starter, grower, and finisher diets used in this study.

Broiler diets were fed as crumbles (starter feed) or

as pellets (grower and finisher). All feed contained

Page 47: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 47

1Vitamin mix provided the following (per kilogram of diet): vitamin A, 2481 IU; vitamin D3, 496 IU; vitamin E, 4.96 IU; vitamin B12, 5.46 μg; riboflavin, 2.0 mg; niacin, 19.8 mg, d-Pantothenic acid, 4.96 mg; choline, 86.1 mg; menadione, 0.33 mg; folic acid, 0.25 mg; thiamine, 0.99 mg, pyridoxine, 0.99 mg; biotin, 0.49 mg; and ethoxyquin, 57.1 mg.

2Trace mineral mix provided the following (per kilogram of diet): calcium, 0.022 mg; iron, 0.02 mg; magnesium, 0.02 mg; maganese, 0.1 mg; zinc, 0.08 mg; copper, 4000 ppm; iodine, 1000 ppm; and selemium, 400 ppm.

3Coban: coccidiostat

4BMD: bacitracin methylene disalycilate

5TBCC: tribasic copper chloride

Table 1. Composition of dietary treatments (as-fed basis) for broiler starter (0-14 days of age)

Table 2. Composition of dietary treatments (as-fed basis) for broiler grower (14-28 days of age)

Ingredient 35% SBM

30% SBM

+10% CM

10% SBM

+40% CM

10% Animal protein meal

Corn, yellow, ground

57.68 54.23 45.2 58.78

Soybean Meal (49) 36.45 28.95 9.95 20.19

Canola _ 10 35.55 10

Poultry meat & bone meal

_ _ _ 7

Fat 2.57 3.61 6.32 1.86

Dicalcium phosphate 1.17 1.12 0.99 0.17

Limestone 0.93 0.87 0.7 0.62

Salt 0.6 0.34 0.32 0.38

Methionine 0.29 0.25 0.29 0.24

Vitamin premix 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Lysine 0.08 0.15 0.16 0.29

Trace mineral premix

0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08

Coban 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

BMD 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

L-Threonine _ _ 0.04 0.02

TBCC 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

Ronozyme 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

Ingredient 35% SBM

30% SBM

+10% CM

10% SBM

+40% CM

10% Animal protein meal

Corn, yellow, ground

65.11 61.67 50.83 64.34

Soybean Meal (49) 28.66 21.12 9.8 15.82

Canola _ 10 50.83 9

Poultry meat & bone meal

_ _ _ 6

Fat 2.82 3.87 6.46 2.46

Dicalcium phosphate 1.07 1.02 0.89 0.2

Limestone 0.94 0.87 0.73 0.66

Salt 0.37 0.35 0.32 0.39

Methionine 0.3 0.26 0.15 0.24

Vitamin premix 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Lysine 0.23 0.29 0.31 0.36

Trace mineral premix

0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08

Coban 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

BMD 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

L-Threonine 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.07

TBCC 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

Ronozyme 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

Page 48: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

48 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

bacitracin methylene disalycilate (BMD) antibiotic.

Bird weights (kg) by pen were recorded on days 1

and 42. Feed intake was measured at 21, 35, and 42

days of age. Feed conversion ratios (feed intake/

weight gain) were also calculated.

Salmonella Challenge and Sample Col-lection

Nalidixic-acid (NA) Salmonella Heidelberg isolate

was grown for 6 h in Tryptic Soy Broth (TSB; Difco),

whereafter the number of colony-forming units (cfu)

per ml was determined by plating 10-fold dilutions

of the bacterial suspension on Xylose Lys Tergitol-4

(XLT-4; Difco) medium. Then, a bacterial colony was

diluted in Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) solution

to reach the inoculation titer (5×107 cfu/ml).

Chick-box liners (i.e., paper pads) were collected,

and stored in sterile sampling bags for Salmonella

analysis. At day 1, prior to placement, 30 of the 60

chicks per pen (all treatments) were orally adminis-

tered by gavage 0.1 ml of a NA (25 μg/ml) S. Heidel-

berg (5×107 cfu/ml). Each of these 30 chicks chal-

lenged with S. Heidelberg were also wing-banded

and were called seeders, whereas the remaining 30

chicks were called contacts. Contact birds in our

study model the horizontal transmission of Salmo-

nella in broiler houses (i.e., infected broilers with Sal-

monella horizontally spread this organism to other

birds (contact) in the same poultry house).

Drag swab samples were tested for Salmonella

environmental contamination from all pens on days

0 (prior to placement), 14, and 42. Dragging sterile

gauze swabs soaked in double strength skim milk

across the birds bedding material is considered

to be the most sensitive method of environmental

sampling by the National Poultry Improvement Plan

(NPIP) (USDA, 1996). To reduce the possibility of

cross contaminating a sample, gloves were changed

between completing each drag swab. Appropriate

dress in clean coveralls and plastic shoe covers was

used on entry to any pen by the farm workers. Self

contained Solar-Cult sterile drag swabs (Solar Bio-

logicals Inc., Ogdensburg, NY) were used. Samples

were transported on ice within 24 h to Center for

1Vitamin mix provided the following (per kilogram of diet): vitamin A, 2481 IU; vitamin D3, 496 IU; vita-min E, 4.96 IU; vitamin B12, 5.46 μg; riboflavin, 2.0 mg; niacin, 19.8 mg, d-Pantothenic acid, 4.96 mg; choline, 86.1 mg; menadione, 0.33 mg; folic acid, 0.25 mg; thiamine, 0.99 mg, pyridoxine, 0.99 mg; biotin, 0.49 mg; and ethoxyquin, 57.1 mg.

2Trace mineral mix provided the following (per kilo-gram of diet): calcium, 0.022 mg; iron, 0.02 mg; mag-nesium, 0.02 mg; maganese, 0.1 mg; zinc, 0.08 mg; copper, 4000 ppm; iodine, 1000 ppm; and selemium, 400 ppm.

3Coban: coccidiostat

4BMD: bacitracin methylene disalycilate

5TBCC: tribasic copper chloride

Table 3. Composition of dietary treatments (as-fed basis) for broiler grower (28-42 days of age)

Ingredient 35% SBM

30% SBM

+10% CM

10% SBM

+40% CM

10% Animal protein meal

Corn, yellow, ground

69.6 66.85 58.73 69.06

Soybean Meal (49) 25.16 19.14 6.36 16.26

Canola _ 8 26.95 7Poultry meat & bone meal

_ _ _ 2.89

Fat 2.86 3.7 5.88 2.87Dicalcium phosphate 0.43 0.39 28 _

Limestone 0.7 0.65 0.52 0.56

Salt 0.44 0.43 0.4 0.45

Methionine 0.19 0.16 0.08 0.16Vitamin premix 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

Lysine 0.15 0.2 0.28 0.25Trace mineral premix

0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08

Coban 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

BMD 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

L-Threonine _ 0.02 0.04 0.03

TBCC 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

Ronozyme 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

1

2

3

4

5

Page 49: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 49

Food Safety Laboratory (Griffin, GA).

On day 42, 20 birds per pen (10 seeders and 10

contacts) were randomly selected, euthanized by

cervical dislocation, weighed, and the ceca were

aseptically removed and then placed into sterile

plastic sampling bags for Salmonella isolation. Sam-

ples were transported on ice within 24 h to Center

for Food Safety Laboratory.

Salmonella Analysis

Chick paper pads were enriched in 400 ml tet-

rathionate broth (TT- Difco™) containing 0.001%

aqueous brilliant green and 2 ml of iodine solution

(25% iodine and 30% potassium iodide), then in-

cubated at 42ºC for 24 h. A loopful (~10 μL) of the

broth was streaked on XLT4 agar without and with

NA supplement (final concentration was 25 parts per

million [ppm]). The XLT4 plates were then incubated

at 37ºC for 24 h.

Drag swab samples were enriched with 100 ml of

TT as above and incubated (42ºC, 24 h). One loop-

ful was streaked onto XLT4 agar supplemented

with NA. The XLT4 plates were then incubated at

37ºC for 24 h, and one black colony per plate was

streaked on blood agar (Remel, Lenexa, KS). One

colony per blood agar plate was tested against Sal-

monella O group B antiserum (Difco) and confirmed

to be S. Heidelberg if agglutination was noted. If

no black colonies were present from a sample, the

enriched drag swab was held at room temperature

for 5 days and a delayed secondary enrichment was

performed as follow: 1:10 dilution into new TT broth

was made and then incubated at 37ºC for 24 h. A

loopful of the mixture was streaked onto XLT4 agar

supplemented with NA. The remaining isolation

and confirmation of S. Heidelberg was carried out

similarly as the primary enrichment.

Fifty milliliters of phosphate buffered saline (PBS-

Fisher) solution was added to the ceca, and then

mechanically homogenized using a stomacher

(Technar Company, Cincinnati, OH) for 20 seconds.

A serial dilution (10 fold) was performed using 0.5

ml portion of the stomacher bag content added to

4.5 ml of saline solution. From each dilution, a 500

μl aliquot was spread plated onto XLT4 plate con-

taining NA (25 ppm). After incubation (37ºC, 24 h),

black colonies were counted. One colony per plate

was randomly selected and struck onto blood agar

(Remel, Lenexa, KS). One colony per blood agar

plate was tested against Salmonella O group B an-

tiserum (Difco) and confirmed to be S. Heidelberg if

agglutination was noted. Five milliliters of TT broth

containing brilliant green and iodine solution was

then added to the ceca and PBS mixture, and in-

cubated at 42ºC for 24 h. One loopful per sample

was streaked on XLT4 containing NA, incubated

(37ºC, 24 h), and black colonies were identified as

described earlier. If no black colonies were pres-

ent from a sample, the enriched ceca were held at

room temperature for an additional 7 days and a

delayed secondary enrichment was tested for Sal-

monella as for the drag swabs.

Statistical Analysis

A sample was considered positive if Salmonella

was recovered from direct plating, primary or sec-

ondary enrichments. A randomized complete block

design was used in the study with 6 blocks and 4

treatments. The experimental unit was the pen. The

study outcomes were: 1) the proportion of Salmo-

nella isolates from drag swabs or ceca, 2) Salmo-

nella counts (cfu/g) from ceca samples, and 3) per-

formance data (FCR, weight gain, and mortality).

First, proportion of Salmonella isolates were com-

pared between treatment groups by contact and

seeders using a Generalized Linear Model (GLM)

with binomial distribution and a logit link (GEN-

MOD procedure, SAS Inst. version 9.1.3, Inc., Cary,

NC). Second, Salmonella counts (concentrations)

were compared between treatment groups by con-

tacts and seeders using MIXED procedure in SAS

software. Third, performance data were compared

between treatment groups using MIXED procedure

in SAS software. Treatment was a fixed effect and

the block was a random effect in the model. Counts

(cfu/g) were logarithmically transformed by use of

log base 10 to approximate normality. Treatment

effects were considered significant if P < 0.05.

Page 50: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

50 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

ReSulTS And dISCuSSIon

Data on FCR, average weight gain, and percent-

age of mortality for the 4 treatment groups are

shown in Table 4.

ference in mortality percentages in our study. This

indicates that all plant-based protein meal diets did

not adversely affect the bird mortality compared to

the animal protein diet. The BMD used in the feed

diets in our study would have no or little effect on S.

Heidelberg since it was applied across all the treat-

ments (with the same amount), and it would have no

effect on performance. This antibiotic was used to

prevent necrotic enteritis infections caused by Clos-

tridium perfringens and as a growth promoter; a

common practice by the poultry industry.

Paper pads were Salmonella negative which indi-

cated that chicks were Salmonella-free prior the in-

oculation. Feed was not tested for Salmonella prior

consumption by chicks. However, we used Salmo-

nella inoculum that was nalidixic acid resistant and

the media we used for culture had nalidixic acid in

it. Therefore, even if the feed had a small amount of

Salmonella, the counts reported in this study were

only NA-S. Heidelberg strain that we confirmed with

nalidixic acid supplement XLT4 and Salmonella O

group B antiserum.

All drag swabs collected on day 0 from the 24

pens (i.e., 4 treatment groups) were negative for

NA-S. Heidelberg; whereas swabs collected on both

days 14 and 42 were all positives. This suggests that

none of the treatment groups in our study lowered

the shedding of S. Heidelberg throughout the 42-

day study period to a level below the detection limit

of the enrichment method used in this study. Newly

hatched chicks can be colonized with Salmonella

early in life (i.e., during hatching process and first few

days post hatching) and that could lead to presence

of this organism in their intestinal tract and subse-

quent shedding during the grow out period (Cason

et al., 1994).

There was no significant difference in percentage

of cecal samples positive for S. Heidelberg, by chal-

lenge type (seeder or contact birds) among the treat-

ment groups (Table 5). Furthermore, there was no

significant difference in S. Heidelberg populations

(cfu/g of ceca), by challenge type, among the treat-

ment groups (Table 6). We challenge the birds (i.e.,

seeders) with 5 log cfu of NA-S. Heidelberg, howev-

er, both proportions (percentages) of positive cecal

The FCR and average weight gain for birds in

treatments 3 and 4 were significantly different (P

<0.05). The highest FCR was observed in treatment

group 3 (10% SBM and 40% CM), and lowest FCR

was in group 4 (animal protein diet); whereas aver-

age weight gain was highest in group 4 and lowest

in group 3. This may indicate that higher percent-

age of CM in the diet significantly increased FCR in

broiler birds in our study. However, the higher weight

gain in group 4 was due to an increase in feed con-

sumption compared to other treatment groups (data

not shown). This is in contrast to Newkirk and Clas-

sen (2002) findings that replacement of up to 60% of

SBM with CM in broiler diets has no adverse effect

on growth performance. There was no significant dif-

FCR Mortality(0 to 42 d) (%)

35% SBM 1.754a 2.306a 4.67a

30% SBM +10% CM 1.776a 2.287a 1.67a

10% SBM +40% CM 1.789b 2.119b 2.33a

10% Animal protein

meal21.710c 2.345c 2.33a

TreatmentAverage weight gain

Table 4. Performance results and mortality percentages in broilers following exposure to Salmonella Heidelberg1

a-c Means in a column with no common superscript letters are significantly different (P <0.05)

1 Means represent 6 pens per treatment, with 60 birds per pen.

2 The 10% Animal protein meal treatment included plant-based protein meal (17% SBM and 10% CM).

Page 51: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 51

samples and the concentrations of NA-S. Heidelberg

were low. Birds with fully functioning T-cell immune

systems will naturally begin to clear Salmonella from

their ceca over time after exposure (i.e., initial inocula-

tion). Furthermore, even though we challenged them

with 5 logs NA-S. Heidelberg, that does not mean all

5 logs colonized. It has been reported in several stud-

ies that different types of feed may influence Salmo-

nella populations in multiple parts of the gastrointes-

tinal tract (GIT) of broiler birds. Bjerrum et al. (2005)

found that broiler birds fed pelleted commercial feed

had higher Salmonella Typhimurium population in

the gizzard and ileum compared to birds fed whole

wheat based diet. Similarly, whole wheat based diet

lowered Lactobacillus, enterococci, and Clostridium

perfringens populations in broiler bird GIT compared

to pelleted commercial feed (Engberg et al., 2004).

In another study, triticale-soybean based diet fed to

broilers reduced Salmonella cecal colonization com-

pared to corn-based diet (Santos et al., 2008). The

authors used a cocktail of 4 Salmonella serotypes (Ty-

phimurium, Newport, Heidelberg, and Kentucky) for

their inoculum. It is difficult to assess whether Salmo-

nella populations in the ceca samples were Kentucky,

Heidelberg, Typhimurium, Newport or a combination

of serotypes. Furthermore, since Salmonella is pres-

ent in the environment, there is no way to distinguish

between the sources of Salmonella (inoculated versus

environmental). In our study, we used NA- S. Heidel-

berg (one serotype) as a surrogate for the following

reasons: 1) the ability to differentiate the source of

Salmonella (inoculated versus environmental) which

could confound the results and 2) inoculation with

one serotype could reduce the possibility of multiple

Table 5. Mean percentages of positive Salmo-nella Heidelberg ceca culture results in broilers following exposure to Salmonella Heidelberg1

1 Means represent 6 pens per treatment, with 60 birds per pen. At day 42, 20 birds per pen (10 seeders and 10 contacts) were selected and the ceca were removed for S. Heidelberg isolation. There were no significant differences detected among treatments within seeder and contact birds. Statistical analysis was conducted using MIXED procedure in SAS software (GENMOD procedure, SAS Inst., Inc., Cary, NC). Treatment was a fixed effect and the block was a random effect in the model.

2Seeders were chicks challenged with S. Heidelberg and wing-banded (n=30 per pen).

3Contacts were chicks unchallenged with S. Heidelberg (i.e., the remaining 30 chicks per pen).

4The 10% Animal protein meal treatment included plant-based protein meal (17% SBM and 10% CM).

All(seeders+contacts)

35% SBM 70 36.67 33.33

30% SBM +10% CM 63.33 31.67 31.67

10% SBM +40% CM 70 35 35

10% Animal protein

meal476.67 40 36.67

Contacts3Treatment Seeders2

Table 6. Mean Salmonella Heidelberg enu-meration results per gram of cecal content in broilers following exposure to Salmonella Heidelberg1

Treatment Seeder2 Contacts3

35% SBM 872.2 63.9

30% SBM +10% CM 409.7 44

10% SBM +40% CM 136.1 111.1

10% Animal

protein meal4291.1 1212.2

Page 52: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

52 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

serotypes interaction which could confound the re-

sults (treatment effect versus interaction effect).

To the best of our knowledge, this is the first study

to investigate the effect of canola and soybean in

combination in all plant-based protein diet on the

colonization and shedding of Salmonella in broiler

birds. The results obtained herein suggests that

plant-based protein meal diets did not significantly

reduced the environmental contamination with S.

Heidelberg nor did it reduce the concentration and

proportion of positive S. Heidelberg in contact and

seeder birds compared to commercial diet contain-

ing animal protein meal.

ACknowledgeMenT

This study was supported in part by the University

of Georgia, Center for Food Safety seed grant. We

thank Rebekah Turk, Aparna Petkar, Kim Hortz, and

Christine Lobsinger for the technical assistance in

processing samples and performing microbiological

assays at the laboratory.

RefeRenCeS

Bailey, J. S., N. J. Stern, P. Fedorka-Cray, S. E. Cra-

ven, N. A. Cox, D. E. Cosby, S. Ladely, M. T. Mus-

grove. 2001. Sources and movement of Salmonella

through integrated poultry operations: A multi-

state epidemiological investigation. J. Food Prot.

64:1690-1697.

Barrow, P. A., H. W. Smith, J. F. Tucker. 1984. The ef-

fect of feeding diets containing avoparcin on the

excretion of Salmonellas by chickens experimen-

tally infected with natural sources of Salmonella

organisms. J. Hyg. 93:439-444.

Bjerrum, L., K. Pedersen, R. M. Engberg. 2005. The

influence of whole wheat feeding on Salmonella

infection and gut flora composition in broilers.

Avian Dis. 49:9-15.

Brzoska, F. 2008. Milk production and composition

as influenced by soybean meal, rapeseed meal or

rapeseed cake in concentrates for dairy cows. Ann.

of Anim. Sci. 8:133-143.

Caine, W. R., W. C. Sauer, G. S. Huang, G. Diebold,

M. Schollenberger, R. Mosenthin. 2008. Influence

of guanidination on apparent ileal digestibility of

amino acids in pigs fed diets with soybean meal,

rapeseed meal or peas as a protein source. Livest.

Sci. 116:300-408.

Cason, J. A., N. A. Cox, J. S. Bailey. 1994. Transmis-

sion of Salmonella typhimurium during hatching of

broiler chicks. Avian Dis. 38:583-588.

Dale, N. 1996. Variation in feed ingredient quality:

Oilseed meals. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 59:129-

135.

Engberg, R. M., M. S. Hedemann, S. Steenfeldt, B.

B. Jensen. 2004. Influence of whole wheat and xy-

lanase on broiler performance and microbial com-

position and activity in the digestive tract. Poult.

Sci. 83:925-938.

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United

Nations (FAO). 2004. Protein sources for the ani-

mal feed industry. ftp://ftp.fao.org/docrep/fao/007/

y5019e/y5019e00.pdf. Accessed on September 8,

2010.

Hacking, W. C., W. R. Mitchell, H. C. Carlson. 1978.

Salmonella investigation in an Ontario feed mill.

Can. J. Comp. Med. 42:400-406.

Hofacre, C. L., G. F. Mathis, S. H. Miller, M. W. LaVor-

gna. 2007. Use of bacitracin and roxarsone to re-

duce Salmonella Heidelberg shedding following a

necrotic enteritis challenge model. J. Appl. Poult.

Res. 16:275-279.

Hofacre, C. L., D. G. White, J. J. Maurer, C. Morales,

C. Lobsinger, C. Hudson. 2001. Characterization

of antibiotic-resistant bacteria in rendered animal

products. Avian Dis. 45:953-961.

Isa, J. M., B. R. Boycott, E. Broughton. 1963. A survey

of Salmonella contamination in animal feeds and

feed constituents. Can. Vet. J. 4:41-43.

Liljebjelke, K. A., C. L. Hofacre, T. R. Liu, D. G. White,

S. Ayers, S. Young, J. J. Maurer. 2005. Vertical and

horizontal transmission of Salmonella within inte-

grated broiler production system. Foodborne Pat-

hog. Dis. 2:90-102.

Montazer-Sadegh, R., Y. Ebrahim-Nezhad, N. Ma-

heri-Sis. 2008. Replacement of Different Levels

of Rapeseed Meal with Soybean Meal on Broilers

Page 53: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 53

Performance. Asian J. Anim. Vet. Adv. 3:278-285.

National Research Council (U.S.). Subcommittee on

Poultry Nutrition. 1994. Nutrient requirements of

poultry. 9th rev. ed. Nutrient requirements of do-

mestic animals. National Academy Press, Wash-

ington, D.C. 176 p.

Newkirk, R. W. and H. L. Classen. 2002. The effects

of toasting canola meal on body weight, feed con-

version efficiency, and mortality in broiler chickens.

Poult Sci. 81:815-825.

Renwick, S. A., R. J. Irwin, R. C. Clarke, W. B. Mcnab,

C. Poppe, S. A. Mcewen. 1992. Epidemiologic as-

sociations between characteristics of registered

broiler chicken flocks in Canada and the Salmonel-

la culture status of floor litter and drinking-water.

Can. Vet. J. 33:449-458.

Rodriguez, A., P. Pangloli, H. A. Richards, J. R. Mount,

F. A. Draughon. 2006. Prevalence of Salmonella in

diverse environmental farm samples. J. Food Prot.

69:2576-2580.

Santos, F. B. O., B. W. Sheldon, A. A. Santos, P. R.

Ferket. 2008. Influence of housing system, grain

type, and particle size on Salmonella colonization

and shedding of broilers fed triticale or corn-soy-

bean meal diets. Poult. Sci. 87:405-420.

United States Department of Agriculture Animal and

Plant Health Inspection Service. 1996. The Nation-

al Poultry Improvement Plan. Auxiliary provisions

on National Poultry Improvement Plan. Subpart

B. Bacteriological examination procedure. 147-12.

procedures for collection, isolations, and identifi-

cation of Salmonella from environmental samples,

cloacal swabs, chick box papers, and meconium

samples p. 914-915. United States Department of

Agriculture, Washington, D.C.

United States Department of Agriculture (USDA).

Economic Research Services. 2010a. Soybeans and

Oil Crops: Canola. http://www.ers.usda.gov/Brief-

ing/SoybeansOilcrops/Canola.htm. Accessed on

August 29, 2010.

United States Department of Agriculture (USDA).

Economic Research Services. 2010b. Oil crop

yearbook. http://usda.mannlib.cornell.edu/Man-

nUsda/viewDocumentInfo.do?documentID=1290.

Accessed on August 29, 2010.

Van Immerseel, F., F. Boyen, I. Gantois, L. Timber-

mont, L. Bohez, F. Pasmans, F. Haesebrouck, R.

Ducatelle. 2005. Supplementation of coated butyr-

ic acid in the feed reduces colonization and shed-

ding of Salmonella in poultry. Poult. Sci. 84:1851-

1856.

Veldman, A., H. A. Vahl, G. J. Borggreve, D. C. Fuller.

1995. A survey of the incidence of Salmonella spe-

cies and Enterobacteriaceae in poultry feeds and

feed components. Vet. Rec. 136:169-172.

Page 54: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

54 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

www.afabjournal.comCopyright © 2011

Agriculture, Food and Analytical Bacteriology

ABSTRACT

Microbial keratinases have become biotechnologically important since they target the hydrolysis of

highly rigid, strongly cross-linked structural polypeptide “keratin” recalcitrant to the commonly known

proteolytic enzymes trypsin, pepsin and papain. Keratinases are produced in a medium containing kerati-

nous substrates such as feathers and hair. This paper reports on the optimization of keratinase production

by Bacillus subtilis NCIM 2724. One factor-at-a-time method was used to investigate the effect of carbon

sources, nitrogen sources and pH on keratinase production. An L8 orthogonal array design was adopted to

select the most important fermentation parameters influencing the yield of keratinase. Response surface

methodology (RSM) was used to develop a mathematical model to identify the optimum concentrations

of the key parameters for higher keratinase production, and confirm its validity experimentally. The effect

of various amino acids on the production of keratinase was also studied. The final optimized medium gave

a maximum yield of 12.32 KU ml-1 of keratinase. Keratinases are commercially important among the prote-

ases that have been studied since they attack the keratin residues and hence find application in developing

cost-effective feather by-products for feeds and fertilizers.

Keywords: Keratinase, Fermentation, Bacillus subtilis, Optimization, Orthogonal Array Design, Response

surface methodology

InTRoduCTIon

Keratin is a fibrous and insoluble structural protein

extensively cross linked with hydrogen, disulphide

and hydrophobic bonds. It forms a major component

of the epidermis and its appendages viz. hair, feath-

ers, nails, horns, hoofs, scales and wool (Anbu et al.,

Received: September 27, 2010, Accepted: October 29, 2010. Released Online Advance Publication: May 6, 2011. Correspondence: Ishwar B. Bajaj, [email protected] Tel: - +91 22 24145616, Fax: +91 22 24145614

2007). Feather keratin exhibits an elevated content of

several amino acids such as glycine, alanine, serine,

cysteine and valine. The intensive cross-linkage in ker-

atins hinders their degradation by commonly known

proteolytic enzymes (Gupta and Ramnani, 2006). Deg-

radation of feathers will not only decrease the envi-

ronmental problem caused due to their accumulation

but could also act as source of some nutritionally im-

portant amino acids.

Currently, some industries have produced feather

Optimization of Fermentative Production of Keratinase From Bacillus Subtilis NCIM 2724

S. M. Harde1, I. B. Bajaj1, R. S. Singhal1

1Food Engineering and Technology Department, Institute of Chemical Technology,

Matunga, Mumbai, Maharashtra, India, 400 019

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. 1: 54-65, 2011

Page 55: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 55

meal by steam pressure cooking. This technique re-

quires high energy input and may degrade amino

acids. The enzymatic hydrolysis of feather may be a

viable alternative to steam pressure cooking (Grazzi-

otin et al., 2006). The use of crude enzymes from Ba-

cillus species particularly Bacillus licheniformis and

Bacillus subtilis have been extensively studied due

to their effectiveness in terms of feather degradation

(Manczinger et al., 2003).

Keratinases [EC.3.4.99.11] belong to the group of

serine proteases capable of degrading keratin. It is

an extracellular enzyme produced in a medium con-

taining keratinous substrates such as feathers and

hair. Keratinases have applications in traditional in-

dustrial sectors including feed, detergent, medicine,

cosmetics and leather manufacturers (Farag and

Hassan, 2004), they also find application in more re-

cent fields such as prion degradation for treatment

of the dreaded mad cow disease (Langeveld et al.,

2003), biodegradable plastic manufacture and feath-

er meal production and thus can be appropriately

called “modern proteases”. The use of keratinases

to enhance drug delivery in some tissues and hydro-

lysis of prion proteins arise as novel potentially high

impact applications for these enzymes (Brandelli,

2007). Although many applications of keratinases are

still in the stage of infancy, a few have found their

way to commercialization, particularly the use of Bio-

resource International’s (BRI) Versazyme for feather

meal production. The crude enzyme can also serve

as a nutraceutical product, leading to significant im-

provement in broiler performance (Odetallah et al.,

2003). The most promising application of keratinase

is in the production of nutritious, cost effective and

environmentally benign feather meal (Gupta and

Ramnani, 2006). Nutritional enhancement can be

achieved by hydrolysis of feather meal/raw feather

using keratinase which significantly increases the lev-

els of essential amino acids methionine, lysine and

arginine (Williams et al., 1991). The present work focuses on trying to produce

keratinase from nonpathogenic microorganisms

and utilization of chicken feathers as a sole carbon

source. Several bacteria produce keratinase as an

extracellular material. Most of these belong to the

genus Bacillus. These bacteria use keratinous sub-

strates such as chicken feathers as carbon sources

for the production of keratinase. Aspergillus fu-

migatus was previously reported to be able to

use chicken feather flour as carbon and nitrogen

source (Santos et al., 1996). Addition of glucose,

sucrose and lactose resulted in strong inhibition

of keratinase production (Brandelli, 2007). The

production of keratinase is usually most notice-

able when chicken feathers are used as a sole car-

bon source (Williams et al., 1990). Farag and Has-

san (2004) used chicken feathers as a sole carbon,

nitrogen and sulphur sources for keratinase pro-

duction and observed 26.69 U/mg of keratinase

activity. Lin et al. (1992) used chicken feathers as a

sole carbon, nitrogen and energy sources for ker-

atinase production. Suntornsuk and Suntornsuk

(2003) reported that keratinase activity increased

upto 0.9 U/ml by using chicken feathers as a sub-

strate and sole carbon source from Bacillus sp. FK

46. They also varied the feather concentration for

production of keratinase and observed that higher

feather concentrations cause substrate inhibition

or repression of keratinase production, resulting

in a low percentage of feather degradation. El-

Refai et al. (2005) used different substrates for ker-

atinase production from Bacillus pumilus FH9 like

feather, muscle protein and wool. They observed

that wool gave the maximum keratinase activity of

647 U/ml. According to Kim et al. (2001), B. cereus

gave the maximum keratinase activity of 117 U/ml

by using feathers as a carbon source. Anbu et al.

(2007) produced keratinase from Scopulariopsis

brevicaulis by using glucose and feather as car-

bon sources and observed 1% glucose and 1.5%

feather to achieve a maximum keratinase activity

of 6.2 KU/ml.

Besides carbon sources, factors such as nitro-

gen sources (Thyes et al., 2006) and medium pH

(Suntornsuk and Suntornsuk, 2003) can influence

the productivity of keratinase. B. licheniformis

produced keratinase at neutral pH (Wang and

Shih, 1999). Anbu et al. (2007) studied the effect

of several organic and inorganic nitrogen sources

on keratinase production and found maximum

Page 56: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

56 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

production in the presence of 1.5 to 2% sodium ni-

trate (6.2 KU/ml) followed by peptone (6 KU/ml) and

potassium nitrate (5.5 KU/ml). Sodium nitrate below

1.0 to 1.5% permitted enzyme synthesis, but was in-

hibitory above 2%. Thyes et al. (2006) studied the ef-

fect of feather meal, soybean, gelatin, casein, yeast

extract, cheese whey and peptone at 10 g/L for pro-

duction of protease from Microbacterium arbores-

cenes. Among the various nitrogen sources studied,

maximum keratinase was produced in feather meal

(96.5 U/ml), followed by soybean protein (73.8 U/ml)

and gelatin (45.8 U/ml).

The initial pH of the medium greatly affects the bac-

terial growth, percentage of feather degradation and

keratinase production (Suntornsuk and Suntornsuk,

2003). It was observed that Bacillus species is most ac-

tive under neutral or basic conditions. The optimum

pH for B. cereus was 7.0 (Kim et al., 2001), while that

for B. pumilus was 8.0 (El-Refai et al., 2005). For B. sub-

tilis, highest enzyme production was obtained over a

broad range of pH 5 to 9.

According to Wang and Shih (1999) maximum

growth rate and keratinase productivity of B. subtilis

occurred at 42°C instead of 37°C, and the fermenta-

tion time could also be shortened. However, the maxi-

mum keratinase activity was observed at 37°C. Elevat-

ed temperature increased cell growth, but not enzyme

production. The temperature differential effect on

growth versus keratinase production was more obvi-

ous in B. licheniformis, where cells grew best at 50°C,

but keratinase production was best at 37°C. High tem-

perature may increase the protein turnover rate. Ac-

cording to El-Refai et al. (2005) the optimal reaction

temperature recorded for B. pumilus FH9 keratinase is

higher than those reported for other B. pumilus strains.

This paper reports on optimization of keratinase

production using a statistical approach. Effects of

pH, carbon source and nitrogen source were inves-

tigated by using one factor at-a-time method. Initial

screening of the medium components was done by

using an L8 orthogonal array design to understand

the significance of their effect on the product forma-

tion, and then a few of the more significant param-

eters were selected for further optimization using

response surface methodology (RSM).

MATeRIAlS And MeThodS

Materials

Chicken feathers were collected from the Devgiri

poultry farm, Wadegavhaon, Pune, India. Chicken

feathers were washed three times with distilled wa-

ter followed by defattening with chloroform: metha-

nol (1:1), dried and ground. All chemicals used were

of the AR grade and were purchased from Hi Media

Limited, Mumbai, India.

Bacterial strain and medium

A bacterial strain of Bacillus subtilis NCIM 2724 was

used in the present study. The medium used for the

growth and maintenance contained (g L-1), ammoni-

um chloride, 0.5; magnesium sulphate, 0.1; yeast ex-

tract, 0.1; sodium chloride, 0.5; dipotassium hydrogen

phosphate, 0.3; potassium hydrogen phosphate, 0.3;

feathers, 10 (pH 7.5 ± 0.2). Bacterial cells in agar slants

were incubated at 37°C for 24 h and stored at 4°C.

The medium was sterilized in an autoclave for 15 min

at 121°C.

For the production of keratinase, a medium re-

ported by El-Refai et al. (2005) was used, which con-

tained (g L-1) Feather, 10; Yeast extract, 0.1; MgSO4,

0.1; NH4Cl, 0.5; K2HPO4, 0.3; KH2PO4, 0.3; NaCl, 0.5.

Initial pH of the medium was adjusted to 7.5 ± 0.2 with

Tris–HCl buffer. The medium was sterilized in an auto-

clave for 15 min at 121°C.

Inoculum and fermentation

One ml cell suspension from a slant was trans-

ferred to 20 ml of the seed medium containing (g

L-1) peptone, 5; yeast extract, 1.5; beef extract, 1.5

and sodium chloride, 5; (pH 7 ± 0.2) and incubated

at 37°C and 200 rpm for 24 h. This was used as the

inoculum. Fermentation was carried out in 250 ml Er-

lenmeyer flasks, each containing 50 ml of the sterile

production medium. The medium was inoculated

with 5% (v/v) of 12 h old B. subtilis culture containing

approximately 2×106 cells/ml. The flasks were inoculat-

ed on a rotary shaker at 37 ± 2 °C and 200 rpm for 48 h.

Page 57: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 57

All the experiments were carried out at least in triplicate.

Optimization of fermentation medium us-ing one factor-at-a-time method

In order to investigate the effect of initial pH of me-

dium on keratinase production, fermentation runs were

carried out by adjusting initial pH of the medium in the

pH range of 5 to 8, and analyzing the samples for kera-

tinase production after 48 h. To study the effects of dif-

ferent nitrogen sources on keratinase production, yeast

extract in the medium was replaced with different or-

ganic nitrogen sources, such as peptone, malt extract,

and beef extract at 0.1 g L-1, and ammonium chloride

was replaced with different inorganic nitrogen sources,

such as sodium nitrate, potassium nitrate, ammonium

sulphate or ammonium nitrate at 0.5 g L-1 and fermen-

tation was carried out as described in the previous sec-

tion. To check the effect of additional carbon sources

on the production of keratinase, fermentation medium

containing chicken feathers was supplemented with ad-

ditional carbon sources, viz., glycerol, sucrose, soluble

starch, maltose, lactose, fructose, glucose. All carbon

sources were used at 10 g L-1.

Optimization of fermentative production by using Orthogonal Array Design

An L8 orthogonal array method was used for screen-

ing of the most significant fermentation parameters

influencing keratinase production. The design for

the L8 orthogonal array was developed and analyzed

using MINITAB 13.30 software (Pennsylvania State

university, University Park, Pennsylvania). The L8 or-

thogonal array design is shown in Table 1. Seven fac-

tors at two levels were studied viz. chicken feather,

ammonium chloride, beef extract, potassium dihy-

drogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate,

Table 1. Orthogonal project design for 2 levels of 7 variables used for media optimization for keratinase production.

a Results are mean ± SD of three determinations Values in the parenthesis indicate the real values of variables

1 1 (5) 1 (0.05) 1 (0.05) 1 (0.1) 1 (0.1) 1(0.15) 1 (0.15) 1.33 ± 0.04

2 1 (5) 1 (0.05) 1 (0.05) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.75) 2 (0.75) 2.37 ± 0.1

3 1 (5) 2 (0.25) 2 (0.25) 1 (0.1) 1 (0.1) 2 (0.75) 2 (0.75) 1.1 ± 0.23

4 1 (5) 2 (0.25) 2 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.15) 1 (0.15) 1.05 ± 0.04

5 2 (25) 1 (0.05) 2 (0.25) 1 (0.1) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.15) 2 (0.75) 3.66 ± 0.07

6 2 (25) 1 (0.05) 2 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.1) 2 (0.75) 1 (0.15) 1.90 ± 0.25

7 2 (25) 2 (0.25) 1 (0.05) 1 (0.1) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.75) 1 (0.15) 2.88 ± 0.2

8 2 (25) 2 (0.25) 1 (0.05) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.1) 1 (0.15) 2 (0.75) 4.20 ± 0.08

KH2PO4 K2HPO4Keratinasea

(KU ml-1)NaCl NH4ClRun Feathers Beef extract MgSO4 -1

Page 58: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

58 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

magnesium sulphate and sodium chloride for their

significance in production of keratinase by B. subtilis

NCIM 2724.

Optimization of concentrations of the selected medium components using Response Surface Methodology (RSM)

Response surface methodology is an empirical

statistical modeling technique employed for mul-

tiple regression analysis using quantitative data

obtained from properly designed experiments to

solve multivariable equations simultaneously (Puri

et al., 2002). RSM was used to determine the opti-

mum nutrient concentrations for the production of

keratinase. A central composite design (CCD) for

four independent variables was used to obtain the

combination of values that optimizes the response

within the region of three dimensional observation

spaces, which allows one to design a minimal num-

ber of experiments. The experiments were designed

using the software, Design Expert Version 6.0.10 trial

version (State Ease, Minneapolis, MN).

The medium components (independent variables)

selected for the optimization were chicken feather,

ammonium chloride, magnesium sulphate, and di-

potassium hydrogen phosphate. Regression analysis

was performed on the data obtained from the de-

sign experiments. Coding of the variables was done

according to the following equation:

where: xi, dimensionless value of an independent

variable; Xi, real value of an independent variable;

Xcp, real value of an independent variable at the

center point; and ∆Xi, step change of real value of

the variable i corresponding to a variation of a unit

for the dimensionless value of the variable i.

The experiments were carried out at least in trip-

licate, which was necessary to estimate the vari-

ability of measurements, i.e. the repeatability of

the phenomenon. Replicates at the center of the

domain in three blocks permit the checking of ab-

sence of bias between several sets of experiments.

The relationship of the independent variables and

the response was calculated by the second order

polynomial equation:

Y is the predicted response; ß0 a constant; ßi the

linear coefficient; ßii the squared coefficient; and ßij

the cross-product coefficient, k is number of factors.

The second order polynomial coefficients were cal-

culated using the software package Design Expert

Version 6.0.10 to estimate the responses of the de-

pendent variable. Response surface plots were also

obtained using Design Expert Version 6.0.10.

Effect of amino acids on keratinase production by B. subtilis NCIM 2724

To study the effect of amino acids on keratinase

production, various amino acids including L-cyste-

ine, L-serine, L-valine, L-alanine, L-methionine, L-glu-

tamic acid, L-threonine, L-histidine, L-arginine and L-

lysine were added individually at 0.05 g L-1, 0.10 g L-1

and 0.50 g L-1 in the RSM optimized medium.

Keratinase assay

Keratinase activity was determined by the

method reported by Yu et al. (1968). Chicken

feathers (20 mg) were suspended in 3.8 ml of 100

mM Tris–HCl buffer (pH 7.8), to which 0.2 ml of

the culture filtrate (enzyme source) was added.

The reaction mixture was incubated at 37°C for 1

h. After incubation, the assay mixture was dipped

into the ice cold water for 10 min and the remain-

ing feathers were filtered out by Whatman filter

paper (Whatman® Schleicher and Schuell, Mum-

bai, India). The absorbance of the clear mixture

was measured at 280 nm. The keratinase activity

was expressed as one unit of the enzyme corre-

sponding to an increase in the absorbance value

0.1 (1KU= 0.100 corrected absorbance).

∆Xi

(Xi -Xcp)xi = i= 1,2,3,... k

i=1 i=1 i<ji<j

kkk k

Page 59: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 59

ReSulTS And dISCuSSIon

Optimization using one-factor-at-a-time

An initial pH of 8.0 supported maximum produc-

tion of keratinase of 3.3 KU ml-1. pH is a significant

factor that influences the physiology of a microor-

ganism by affecting nutrient solubility and uptake,

enzyme activity, cell membrane morphology, by-

product formation and oxidative-reductive reac-

tions. During production of keratinase, keratin utili-

zation occurs more rapidly and to a great extent at

pH 7.5 (Suntornsuk and Suntornsuk, 2003). Friedrich

and Antranikian (1996) described maximum kerati-

nase production at alkaline pH. Alkaline pH favors

keratin degradation at higher pH, probably by modi-

fying the cystine residues to lanthionine and making

it accessible for keratinase action. The optimum pH

reported for keratinase production by B. cereus is 7.0

(Kim et al., 2001), chryseobacterium sp. is 9.0 (Casa-

rin et al., 2008), while that by B. pumilus FH9 is 8.0

(El-Refai et al., 2005). For B. subtilis, highest enzyme

production has been reported over a range of pH

of 7 to 9. It was observed that maximum keratinase

production occurs at alkaline pH.

It was found that ammonium chloride and beef

extract supported maximum keratinase activity of

4.05 KU ml-1 and 4.15 KU ml-1 respectively. These re-

sults are in accordance with the results obtained by

El-Refai et al. (2005), where ammonium chloride and

yeast extract supported maximum keratinase pro-

duction in B. pumilus FH9. Some researchers have

considered feather meal as a nitrogen source for

keratinase production (Thyes et al., 2006).

B. subtilis NCIM 2724 produced keratinase in pres-

ence of chicken feathers as the sole carbon source

which supported a maximum production of 4.14 KU

ml-1. Addition of simple carbon sources reduced the

production of keratinase. A decrease in the keratin-

ase production due to the addition of conventional

carbon sources is reported in literature. Addition of

fructose and maltose in medium decreased the kera-

tinase production in Trichophyton rubrum (Meevoo-

tisom and Niederpruem, 1979) and B. licheniformis

(Sen and Satyanarayana, 1993), respectively. These

results may be due to the catabolic repression of

keratinase (Anbu et al., 2007; Ignatova et al., 1999;

Yamamura et al., 2002; Santos et al., 1996). It has

been reported that chicken feathers act as the best

carbon source for keratinase production.

Statistical media optimization Optimization of fermentative production

by using Orthogonal Array Design

Once the best carbon and nitrogen sources were

selected, the medium was subjected to screening

of the most significant parameters for keratinase

production using the L8 orthogonal array. The re-

sponses for means (larger is better) and for signal

to noise ratios obtained using the L8 orthogonal ar-

ray are shown in Table 2. The last two rows in the

tables show delta values and ranks for the system.

Rank and delta values help in assessing which factors

have the greatest effect on the response character-

istic of interest. Delta measures the size of the effect

by taking the difference between the highest and

lowest characteristic average for a factor. A higher

delta value indicates a greater effect of that compo-

nent. Rank orders the factors from the greatest effect

(on the basis of the delta values) to the least effect

on the response characteristic. The order in which

the individual components affected the fermenta-

tion process were feather > ammonium chloride >

magnesium sulphate > dipotassium hydrogen phos-

phate > sodium chloride > beef extract > potassium

dihydrogen phosphate suggesting that feathers had

a major effect, while K2HPO4 had the least effect on

keratinase production by B. subtilis NCIM 2724.

Optimization by RSM

Based on the L8 orthogonal array design, feather

(A), ammonium chloride (B), magnesium sulphate (C)

and dipotassium hydrogen phosphate (D) were se-

lected for further optimization by RSM. To examine

the combined effect of these medium components

(independent variables) on keratinase production,

a central composite factorial design of 24 =16 plus

6 center points and (2 × 4 = 8) star points lead-

Page 60: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

60 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

ing to a total of 30 experiments were performed.

A CCRD matrix of independent variables along

with responses of each experimental trial is given

in Table 3.

The ANOVA of the quadratic regression model

indicated the model to be significant (P < 0.05) (Ta-

ble 4). The P values were used as a tool to check

the significance of each of the coefficients, which,

in turn, are necessary to understand the pattern of

the mutual interactions among the test variables.

The smaller the magnitude of the P, the more sig-

nificant is the corresponding coefficient (Thys et al.,

2006). Among the test variables used in the study,

A (feather), B (ammonium chloride), C (magnesium

sulphate), D (dipotassium hydrogen phosphate), A2

(feather2), B2 (ammonium chloride2) and D2 (dipotas-

sium hydrogen phosphate2) are significant model

terms. Interactions between B (ammonium chlo-

ride) and C (magnesium sulphate); B (ammonium

chloride) and D (dipotassium hydrogen phosphate);

and C (magnesium sulphate) and D (dipotassium

hydrogen phosphate) are also significant. Other in-

teractions were found to be insignificant.

The corresponding second-order response

model found after analysis for the regression was

keratinase (KU ml-1) = 3.66 + 1.09 * feather + 0.51 *

ammonium chloride + 0.72* magnesium sulphate

+ 1.26 * dipotassium hydrogen phosphate + 1.20

* feather2 + 0.36 * ammonium chloride2 + 0.12 *

magnesium sulphate2 + 0.36 * dipotassium hydro-

gen phosphate2 - 0.084 * feather * ammonium chlo-

ride + 0.15 * feather *magnesium sulphate - 0.23 *

feather * dipotassium hydrogen phosphate - 0.24 *

ammonium chloride * magnesium sulphate + 0.68 *

ammonium chloride * dipotassium hydrogen phos-

phate + 0.43 * magnesium sulphate * dipotassium

hydrogen phosphate.

The fit of the model was also expressed by the

coefficient of regression R2, which was found to

be 0.98, indicating that 98.0% of the variability in

keratinase yield could be explained by the model.

Other parameters of ANOVA for response surface

quadratic model were also studied. The ‘Pred R-

Squared’ of 0.92 is in reasonable agreement with

the ‘Adj R-Squared’ of 0.96. ‘Adeq Precision’ mea-

sures the signal to noise ratio.

The special features of the RSM tool, “contour

plot generation” and “point prediction” were also

studied to find optimum value of the combination

of the four media constituents. It was observed

that medium containing (g L-1), feather, 60.0; am-

monium chloride, 1.0; magnesium sulphate, 0.08;

and dipotassium hydrogen phosphate, 0.2 yielded

maximum (10.6 KU ml-1) keratinase.

Accordingly, three-dimensional graphs were gener-

ated for the pair-wise combination of the four factors,

LevelA

FeathersB

Beef ExtractC

MgSO4

DKH2PO4

EK2HPO4

FNaCl

GNH4CL

S/N Mean S/N Mean S/N Mean S/N Mean S/N Mean S/N Mean S/N Mean

1 2.82 2.82 6.70 2.31 7.71 2.60 5.94 2.24 5.14 2.04 6.48 2.47 4.43 1.79

2 9.42 9.42 5.54 2.21 4.54 1.92 6.31 2.29 7.11 2.49 5.77 2.06 7.81 2.74

Delta 6.60 6.60 1.15 0.09 3.17 0.67 0.37 0.04 1.96 0.44 0.70 0.40 3.38 0.95

Rank 1 6 3 7 4 5 2

Table 2. Response table for means and S/N ratio.

Page 61: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 61

Sr. no.

Feather (g L-1)

NH4CL(g L-1)

MgSO4

(g L-1)K2HPO4

(g L-1)Keratinase a

(KU ml-1)

1 -1 (30) -1 (0.5) -1 (0.04) -1 (0.1) 2.77 ± 0.14

2 1 (60) -1 (0.5) -1 (0.04) -1 (0.1) 5.5 ± 0.11

3 -1 (30) 1 (1.0) -1 (0.04) -1 (0.1) 3.1 ± 0.20

4 1 (60) 1 (1.0) -1 (0.04) -1 (0.1) 5.13 ± 0.13

5 -1 (30) -1 (0.5) 1 (0.08) -1 (0.1) 3.65 ± 0.10

6 1 (60) -1 (0.5) 1 (0.08) -1 (0.1) 6.81 ± 0.18

7 -1 (30) 1 (1.0) 1 (0.08) -1 (0.1) 3.41 ± 0.13

8 1 (60) 1 (1.0) 1 (0.08) -1 (0.1) 5.75 ± 0.17

9 -1 (30) -1 (0.5) -1 (0.04) 1 (0.2) 3.45 ± 0.16

10 1 (60) -1 (0.5) -1 (0.04) 1 (0.2) 4.59 ± 0.14

11 -1 (30) 1 (1.0) -1 (0.04) 1 (0.2) 6.36 ± 0.17

12 1 (60) 1 (1.0) -1 (0.04) 1 (0.2) 7.75 ± 0.23

13 -1 (30) -1 (0.5) 1 (0.08) 1 (0.2) 6.14 ± 0.20

14 1 (60) -1 (0.5) 1 (0.08) 1 (0.2) 8.24 ± 0.18

15 -1 (30) 1 (1.0) 1 (0.08) 1 (0.2) 7.91 ± 0.24

16 1 (60) 1 (1.0) 1 (0.08) 1 (0.2) 9.93 ± 0.13

17 -2 (15) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 6.18 ± 0.21

18 2 (75) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 10.84 ± 0.8

19 0 (45) -2 (0.25) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 4.15 ± 0.04

20 0 (45) 2 (1.25) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 6.12 ± 0.03

21 0 (45) 0 (0.75) -2 (0.02) 0 (0.15) 3.14 ± 0.20

22 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 2 (0.1) 0 (0.15) 5.21 ± 0.20

23 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) -2 (0.05) 2.13 ± 0.05

24 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 2 (0.25) 8.14 ± 0.17

25 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 3.55 ± 0.11

26 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 2.75 ± 0.25

27 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 4.12 ± 0.04

28 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 3.86 ± 0.02

29 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 3.86 ± 0.17

30 0 (45) 0 (0.75) 0 (0.06) 0 (0.15) 3.8 ± 0.20

Table 3. The CCRD matrix of independent variables in coded form and actual values with their corresponding response in terms of production of keratinase by B. subtilis NCIM 2724.

a Results are mean ± SD of three determinations Values in the parenthesis indicate the real values of variables

Page 62: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

62 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

Factor a CoefficientEstimate

Sum of squares

Standard Error DF b F value p

Intercept 3.66 139.52 0.18 1 53.27 < 0.0001

A 1.09 28.67 0.088 1 153.24 < 0.0001

B 0.51 6.13 0.088 1 32.77 < 0.0001

C 0.72 12.51 0.088 1 66.89 < 0.0001

D 1.16 38.18 0.088 1 204.07 < 0.0001

A2 1.20 39.46 0.083 1 210.94 < 0.0001

B2 0.36 3.47 0.083 1 18.55 0.0006

C2 0.12 0.37 0.083 1 1.96 0.1815

D2 0.36 3.47 0.083 1 18.55 0.0006

AB -0.084 0.11 0.11 1 0.61 0.4474

AC 0.15 0.34 0.11 1 1.81 0.1981

AD -0.23 0.81 0.11 1 4.35 0.0544

BC -0.24 0.94 0.11 1 5.0 0.0409

BD 0.68 7.38 0.11 1 39.47 < 0.0001

CD 0.43 3.02 0.11 1 16.14 0.0011

Table 4. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) for the experimental results of the central-composite design (Quadratic Model).

a A = Feathers, B = NH4Cl, C = MgSO4, D =K2HPO4b Degree of freedom

Figure 1. Contour plot for keratinase production (-Effect of MgSO4 and NH4Cl).

Figure 2. Contour plot for keratinase production (Effect of K2HPO4 and NH4Cl).

Page 63: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 63

a A = Feathers, B = NH4Cl, C = MgSO4, D =K2HPO4b Degree of freedom

while keeping the other two at their center point levels.

Graphs for interactions are given here to highlight the

roles played by these factors (Figure 1 and Figure 2).

From the central point of the contour plot the optimal

process parameters were identified. The keratinase yield

(10.6 KU/ml) in the present study is quite high as com-

pared to the literature reports. The maximum keratinase

production reported till date by using most widely used

strain Bacillus subtilis S1 MTCC 2616 is 4.89 KU/ml and

Scopulariopsis brevicaulis MTCC 2170 is 6.2 KU/ml.

The effect of amino acids on keratinase pro-duction by B. subtilis NCIM 2724

Effect of amino acids on production of keratinase is

shown in Figure 3. All of the amino acids examined sup-

ported keratinase production, but the maximum kerati-

nase activity of 12.32 KU ml-1 was observed with 0.5 g L-1

of L-valine. Further increases in L-valine concentration

did not increase keratinase activity (Data not shown).

Addition of amino acids is of considerable impor-

tance in the protease synthesis in terms of metabolic

driving force. Feather keratin is composed of vari-

ous amino acids including glycine, alanine, serine,

cysteine and valine that are extensively cross linked

with hydrogen, disulphide and hydrophobic bonds.

Degraded feathers may act as source of some nutri-

tionally important amino acids and also serves as an

inducer for keratinase production.

ConCluSIon

Statistical nutrient optimization was done to op-

timize keratinase production from B. subtilis NCIM

2724. Taguchi design (L8 orthogonal array) demon-

strated the effect of feather, ammonium chloride,

K2HPO4 and MnSO4 to be significant. Further optimi-

zation of the most significant factors by RSM revealed

complex nutrient interactions among them, and also

increased the production of keratinase by B. subtilis

NCIM 2724 from 3.0 KU ml-1 to 10.6 KU ml-1. All amino

acids supported keratinase production and the maxi-

mum keratinase activity of 12.32 KU ml-1 was observed

with 0.5 g L-1 of L-valine.

Figure 3. Effect of amino acids on keratinase production by B. subtilis NCIM 2724.

Page 64: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

64 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

RefeRenCeS

Anbu, P., S. C. B. Gopinath, A. Hilda, T. Lakshmipriya,

G. Annadurai. 2007. Optimization of extracellu-

lar keratinase production by poultry farm isolate

Scopulariopsis brevicaulis. Bioresour. Technol.

98:1298-1303.

Brandelli, A. 2007. Bacterial keratinases: Useful

enzymes for bioprocessing agroindustrial wastes

and beyond. Food Bioprocess Technol. 1:105-116.

Casarin, F., F. Cladera-Olivera, A. Brandelli. 2008.

Use of poultry byproduct for production of ke-

ratinolytic enzymes. Food Bioprocess Technol.

1:301-305.

El-Refai, H. A., M. A. AbdelNaby, A. Gaballa, M. H.

El-Araby, A. F. Abdel. 2005. Improvement of the

newly isolated Bacillus pumilus FH 9 keratinolytic

activity. Process Biochem. 40:2325-2332.

Farag, A. M. and M. A. Hassan. 2004. Purification,

characterization and immobilization of a kerati-

nase from Aspergillus oryzae. Enzyme Microb.

Technol. 34:85-93.

Friedrich, A.B. and G. Antranikian. 1996. Keratin

degradation by Fervidobacterium pennavorans,

a novel thermophilic anaerobic species of the

order thermotogales. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

62:2875-2882.

Grazziotin, A., F. A. Pimentel, E. V. De Jong, A.

Brandelli. 2006. Nutritional improvement of feath-

er protein by treatment with microbial Keratinase.

Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 126:135-144.

Gupta, R. and P. Ramnani. 2006. Microbial keratin-

ase and their prospective applications: an over-

view. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 70:21-33.

Ignatova, Z., A. Gousterova, G. Spassov, P.

Nedkov. 1999. Isolation and partial characteriza-

tion of extracellular keratinase from a wool de-

grading thermophilic actinomycete strain Ther-

moactinomyces candidus. Can. J. Microbiol.

45:217-222.

Kim, J. M., W. J. Lim, H. J. Suh. 2001. Feather-

degrading Bacillus species from poultry waste.

Process Biochem. 37:287-291.

Langeveld, J. P. M., J. J. Wang, D. F. M. Van de Wiel,

G. C. Shih, G. J. Garssen, A. Bossers, J. C. H. Shih.

2003. Enzymatic degradation of prion protein in

brain stem from infected cattle and sheep. J.

Infect. Dis. 188:1782-1789.

Lin, X., C. G. Lee, S. E. Casale, J. C. H. Shih. 1992.

Purification and characterization of a keratinase

from a feather degrading Bacillus licheniformis

strain. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58:3271-3275.

Manczinger, L., M. Rozs, C. Vagvolgyi, F. Kevei.

2003. Isolation and characterization of a new ke-

ratinolytic Bacillus licheniformis strain. World J.

Microbiol. Biotechnol. 19:35-39.

Meevootisom, V. and D. J. Niederpruem. 1979.

Control of extracellular proteases in dermato-

phytes and especially Trichophyton rubrum. Sab-

ouraudia 17:91-106.

Odetallah, N. H., J. J. Wang, J. D. Garlich, J. C. H.

Shih. 2003. Keratinase in starter diets improves

growth of broiler chicks. Poult. Sci. 82:664-670.

Puri, S., Q. K. Beg, R. Gupta. 2002. Optimization of

alkaline protease production from Bacillus sp. by

response surface methodology. Curr. Microbiol.

44:286-290.

Santos, R. M. D. B., A. A. P. Firmino, C. M. de Sa,

C. R. Felix. 1996. Keratinolytic activity of As-

pergillus fumigatus Fresenius. Curr. Microbiol.

33:364-370.

Sen, S. and T. Satyanarayana. 1993. Optimization

of alkaline protease production by thermophilic

Bacillus licheniformis S40. Indian J. Microbiol.

33:43-47.

Suntornsuk, W. and L. Suntornsuk. 2003. Feath-

er degradation by Bacillus species FK 46 in

submerged cultivation. Bioresour. Technol.

86:239-243.

Thyes, R. C. S., S. O. Guzzon, F. Cladera-Olivera,

A. Brandelli. 2006. Optimization of protease pro-

duction by Microbacterium species in feather

meal using response surface methodology. Pro-

cess Biochem. 41:67-73.

Wang, J. J. and J. C. H. Shih. 1999. Fermentation

production of Keratinase from Bacillus lichenifor-

mis PWD-1 and a recombinant B. subtilis FDB-29.

J. Ind. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 22:608-616.

Page 65: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 65

Williams, C. M., C. G. Lee, J. D. Garlich, J. C. H.

Shih. 1991. Evaluation of a bacterial feather fer-

mentation product, feather-lysate as a feed pro-

tein. Poult. Sci. 70:85-94.

Williams, C. M., C. S. Richter, J. M. Mackenzie,

J. C. H. Shih. 1990. Isolation, identification and

characterization of a feather degrading bacteri-

um. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 56:1509-1515.

Yamamura, S., Y. Morita, Q. Hasan, S. R. Rao,

Y. Murakami, K. Yokoyama, E. Tamiya. 2002. Char-

acterization of a new keratin-degrading bacte-

rium isolated from deer fur. J. Biosci. Bioeng.

93:595-600.

Yu, R. J., S. R. Harmon, F. Blank. 1968. Isolation

and purification of an extracellular keratinase

of Trychophyton mentagrophytes. J. Bacteriol.

96:1435-1436.

Page 66: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

66 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

www.afabjournal.comCopyright © 2011

Agriculture, Food and Analytical Bacteriology

ABSTRACT

Listeria monocytogenes adapts to diverse stress conditions including cold, osmotic, heat, acid, and alkali

stresses encountered during food processing and preservation which is a serious food safety threat. In this

review, we have presented the major findings on this bacterium’s stress response proteomes to date along

with the different approaches used for its proteomic analysis. The key proteome findings on cold, heat

shock, salt, acid, alkaline and HHP stresses illustrate that the cellular stress responses in this organism are

a culmination of multiple protein expression changes in response to a particular stress stimuli. Moreover,

a number of key proteins may be involved in conferring the cross protective effects against various stress

environments. As an example, ferritin-like protein (designated as Fri or Flp) is induced during cold, heat,

and HHP stresses. Similarly, general stress protein Ctc is induced in cold and osmotic stresses while mo-

lecular chaperones such as GroEL and DnaK are induced in cold and heat stresses. Furthermore, a number

of stress proteins also contribute towards L. monocytogenes virulence and pathogenicity. Future research

may lead to understanding the stress proteomes of this pathogen induced on various food matrices and

processing environments in which it can persist for long periods of time.

Keywords: Listeria monocytogenes, proteome, cold stress, osmotic stress, heat stress, acid stress, alkali stress.

InTRoduCTIon

Listeria monocytogenes is an important food-

borne pathogen with significant public health threats

and economic impacts on the food industry. It causes

Received: November 22, 2010, Accepted: April 9, 2011. Released Online Advance Publication: April 1, 2011. Correspondence: Ramakrishna Nannapaneni,

[email protected]: +1 -662-325-7697 Fax: +1-662-325-8728

“listeriosis” in humans, which is associated with a

variety of symptoms ranging from flu-like illness to

severe life threatening meningitis as well as high

mortality (Lennon et al., 1984). Epidemiological stud-

ies estimate that listeriosis to be responsible for ap-

proximately 19 % of food-related deaths in the Unit-

ed States annually (Scallan et al., 2011). Suspected

L. monocytogenes contamination is also among the

leading causes of food recalls resulting in significant

REVIEWAn Overview of Stress Response Proteomes in Listeria monocytogenes

K. A. Soni1, R. Nannapaneni1*, and T. Tasara2

1Department of Food Science, Nutrition and Health Promotion, Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, MS 39762, USA

2Institute for Food Safety and Hygiene, Vetsuisse Faculty University of Zurich, Zurich, Switzerland

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. 1: 66-85, 2011

Page 67: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 67

financial losses to the food industry due to the “zero

tolerance” standard adopted for the ready-to-eat

food products in the USA (Kramer et al., 2005; Mars-

den, 2001; Teratanavat and Hooker, 2004).

The prevalence of L. monocytogenes is mainly

due to its wide-spread distribution and its ability to

withstand adverse environmental conditions. This

includes the ability of this pathogen to survive and

grow at low temperatures, and resistance to high

osmolarity, acidic and alkaline environments. Cold

adaptation of this organism is of growing concern

due to the changing life styles over the years that

have increased the consumption of refrigerated

and minimally processed food products. Besides

cold storage, elevated salt concentrations are an al-

ternative means of food preservation, but L. mono-

cytogenes is also highly salt tolerant and has been

documented to grow in the presence of as high

as 10% NaCl (McClure et al., 1991). Jensen et al.

(2007) recently showed that L. monocytogenes cells

can display increased aggregation and biofilm for-

mation when exposed to NaCl stress. Additionally

this bacterium exhibits acid tolerance responses

(ATR), which significantly increases its resistance to

a subsequent lethal acid (pH 3.0-3.5) stress expo-

sure after an initial encounter with the non-lethal

acidic (pH 5.0-5.5) conditions. As an example, 4-log

higher survival was observed in L. monocytogenes

cells exposed to acid stress at pH 3.5 for 6 h after

an initial 90 minute exposure to a mild acidic condi-

tion at pH 5.5 (Koutsoumanis et al., 2004). Similarly,

L. monocytogenes may also acquire an increased

alkaline stress tolerance subsequent to sublethal al-

kaline stress exposure (Mendonca et al., 1994). Dur-

ing food processing and preservation, L. monocyto-

genes cells may become exposed to multiple forms

of sublethal stresses, leading to “stress hardening”.

Consequently, L. monocytogenes exposure to mild

forms of particular stresses may inadvertently in-

duce cross protection against subsequent expo-

sures to lethal levels of other unrelated stresses. For

example, it has been shown that acid (pH 4.5 for 1

h) or cold (10°C for 4 h) stressed L. monocytogenes

LO28 (serotype 1/2c) cells tend to be more resistant

to high hydrostatic pressure (HHP) in comparison

to the non-stress adapted cells (Wemekamp-Kam-

phuis et al., 2002). Lou and Yousef (1997) reported

that the heat stress of L. monocytogenes results

in cell-hardening and subsequent osmoprotection

and higher resistance of these cells to ethanol treat-

ment. Likewise, L. monocytogenes cells were also

found to be more thermotolerant after a combined

acid and heat shock or after osmotic and heat shock

treatments (Skandamis et al., 2008).

Stress adaptation events in L. monocytogenes, as

in other microorganisms, includes coordinated in-

duction of different stress protection systems within

the affected cells. Proteomics and transcriptomics

are both invaluable tools in delineation of the dif-

ferent mechanisms of stress response in microbes.

Transcriptome analysis technologies while impor-

tant in deciphering the global mRNA expression

changes during stress responses, fail to capture all

aspects of these molecular responses since mRNA

transcripts changes may not directly correlate with

protein expression due to the fact that transcripts

produced in abundance may be rapidly degraded,

translated poorly, or influenced through post-trans-

lational modifications. Therefore complementa-

tion of the transcriptome based analysis of stress

responses with the proteome studies is important

to get a clearer picture as proteins are the key func-

tional units involved in physiological stress respons-

es. As a result of new developments in microbial

cell global protein profiling based on the protein

identification approaches and bioinformatics, re-

searchers are now also able to monitor and deter-

mine the importance of stress induced proteins in

L. monocytogenes during its adaptation to diverse

conditions. A number of proteome profiling studies

performed on this organism so far have already pro-

vided extensive preliminary insights into gene and

protein expression changes that are associated with

the environmental stress adaptation in this bacte-

rium. The purpose of this review is to discuss the

significant developments in proteomic analysis of

the stress-adaptation in L. monocytogenes with fo-

cus on cold, heat, osmotic, acid, alkaline, and HHP

adaptation along with cross linking between stress

proteins and virulence.

Page 68: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

68 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

PRoTeoMIC TeChnologIeS APPlIed In L. monocytogenes AnAlySIS

The summary of different gel-based and non-gel

based techniques and their assay principles are dis-

cussed in-depth in recent review articles by Haynes

et al. (2007) and Nesatyy and Suter (2007). For L.

monocytogenes, the most commonly applied pro-

tocols to date have used two-dimensional gel elec-

trophoresis (2DE) for protein separation (Folio et al.,

2004; Mujahid et al., 2007; Ramnath et al., 2003; Scha-

umburg et al., 2004). The majority of the L. mono-

cytogenes stress proteome studies utilized soluble

cellular proteins (excluding the extracellular fraction)

that were fractionated using mechanical disruption

alone or protocols combining mechanical disrup-

tion and enzymatic lysis. In the earlier studies most of

the proteins were not identified (; Bayles et al., 1996;

Phan-Thanh and Gormon, 1995), although in later

studies a significant number of the 2DE separated

proteins were identified by mass spectrophotometry

(MS) (Abram et al., 2008b; Dumas et al., 2008; Folio

et al., 2004; Mujahid et al., 2007; 2008; Phan-Thanh

and Jansch, 2006; Schaumburg et al., 2004 ). More re-

cently however, non-gel based approaches that com-

bine liquid chromatography (LC) separation and MS

(LC-MS/MS) are increasingly used. The fractionated

complex bacterial protein mixtures are digested into

peptides, separated by liquid chromatography and

analyzed in MS, taking advantage of the advances in

bioinformatics to identify even larger numbers of the

fractionated proteins (Abram et al., 2008b; Calvo et

al., 2005; Trost et al., 2005).

The majority of studies that have compared pro-

tein expression between normal versus stress ex-

posed L. monocytogenes cells using 2DE gel-based

protein separation with or without subsequent appli-

cation of MS to identify separated proteins (Bayles et

al., 1996; Duche et al., 2002a; Esvan et al., 2000; Phan-

Thanh and Gormon, 1995; 1997; Phan-Thanh and

Mahouin, 1999; Wemekamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004a).

A 2DE reference map covering an estimated 28.8%

of potential gene products was generated from the

soluble subproteome of L. monocytogenes EGDe

serotype 1/2a strain (Folio et al., 2004). Ramnath et

al. (2003) also used this approach and detected two

proteins found in L. monocytogenes EGDe but were

absent in some food isolates. The identification of

these proteins revealed they were involved in glyco-

lytic pathway and metabolism of coenzymes, but the

relevance of their differential expression specifically

in such food isolates remains unknown. The draw-

backs of gel based 2DE proteomics include poor

reproducibility in separation of highly basic or hydro-

phobic proteins, gel-to-gel variations and poor reso-

lution of high molecular weight protein complexes.

Attempts to overcome these drawbacks include the

recent use of 2D-DIGE (Two dimensional-difference

gel electrophoresis) based proteomics analysis. By

using different fluorescent dyes such as Cy2, Cy3

or Cy5 for protein labeling, such approaches allow

protein mixtures of different origins to be analyzed

within the same gel run. Thus these approaches are

more amenable to stress proteome response studies

where protein expression patterns of stress-adapted

cells and control samples can be directly compared

within the same gel run to minimize the influence of

gel-to-gel variations. Folsom and Frank (2007) used

a 2DE-DIGE based proteomics approach to analyze

protein expression changes associated with chlorine

resistance and biofilm formation in a hypochlorous

acid tolerant variant of the L. monocytogenes Scott

A (4b) strain. They found 19 proteins that were dif-

ferentially expressed between planktonic and biofilm

cells of a hypochlorous acid tolerant cultural variant

of this strain (Folsom and Frank, 2007). Six of these

differentially expressed proteins were subsequently

identified by peptide-mass mapping. They included

three ribosomal proteins (L7, L10 and L12), perox-

ide resistance protein (Dpr/Flp/Fri), sugar-binding

protein (Lmo0181), and a putative protein Lmo1888

of yet unknown function. This study also revealed

that peroxide stress resistance proteins Fri that is in-

volved in multitude of other stresses was expressed

2.2-fold times higher in biofilm than in planktonic

cells. At phenotypic level it was observed that L.

monocytogenes cells present in biofilm mass were

more resistant to sanitization treatments compared

to planktonic cells (Pan et al., 2006). Although not yet

widely adapted for L. monocytogenes analysis, LC

Page 69: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 69

based techniques seem capable of detecting even

higher numbers of proteins compared to tradition-

al 2DE gel-based techniques. As an example when

the same protein fraction of cell free supernatant

(extracellular) of L. monocytogenes EGDe was ana-

lyzed, 105 proteins were identified using LC-MS/MS

compared to 58 detected by 2DE (Trost et al., 2005).

Forty-five of the detected proteins were found to be

common between the two methods. The analysis of

differential protein expression between L. monocyto-

genes 10403S and its σB null mutant strain using the

LC-MS/MS with iTRAQ (isotope tag for relative and

absolute quantification) identified 35 σB regulated

proteins, whereas the 2DE approach only managed

to detect 13 proteins. Four proteins were common

between the two methods (Abram et al., 2008b). A

combination of SDS-PAGE and LC-MS/MS detected

301 membrane associated proteins of L. monocy-

togenes EGDe (Wehmhoner et al., 2005). This was

greater than 79 proteins detected using the 2DE ap-

proach by Mujahid et al. (2007). One possible reason

for increased protein detection with SDS-PAGE/LC-

MS/MS might be increased protein solubilization in

the SDS-PAGE sample buffer in comparison to the

urea based sample buffer applied in the 2DE-MS ap-

proach (Haynes and Roberts, 2007).

In another example LC-LC-MS/MS combination

also called the multidimensional protein identifica-

tion technique (MudPIT), has also been used for pro-

teome analysis of L. monocytogenes cells. Fifteen

proteins that covalently bound the LPXTG motif were

identified in the subproteome fraction of cell wall as-

sociated proteins of L. monocytogenes strain EGDe

(Calvo et al., 2005). The SrtA and SrtB enzymes an-

chor surface proteins to the cell wall. Surface proteins

recognized by these two sortases were also analyzed

using LC-LC-MS/MS in the EGDe strain. A total of

13 and 2 LPXTG-containing proteins were identi-

fied in srtA and srtB null mutant strains (Pucciarelli

et al., 2005). Recently, MudPIT was used to study the

differences that exist between serotype 1/2a (strain

EGD) and 4b (strain F2365) (Donaldson et al., 2009).

In total, 1754 EGD proteins and 1427 F2365 proteins

were detected representing 50-60% of total Liste-

ria proteome coverage. In total 1077 proteins were

common to both serotypes and of these 413 proteins

displayed significantly differential expression level

between the two serotypes.

PRoTeoMe AnAlySIS In STReSS-AdAPTed L. monocytogenes CellS

The ability of L. monocytogenes to sense and re-

spond to a particular stress factor has implications

for both survival and virulence properties of this bac-

terium. Stress exposure elicits various fundamental

changes in this organism’s cellular physiology. These

changes are mediated via multiple and specific

changes in gene and protein expression profiles in

cells. Proteins associated with cold, heat, osmotic,

acid, and high hydrostatic pressure stress adaptation

will be discussed in the following sections.

Cold stress adaptation

The growth of L. monocytogenes on cold pre-

served food products is one of its important food

safety challenges. In addition to decreased meta-

bolic capacity, cold stress exposed microorgan-

isms are faced with a wide range of structural and

functional impediments in membrane structures,

nucleic acids (DNA and RNA), and macromolecular

assemblies such as ribosomes (Schumann, 2009).

The putative integral membrane protein PgpH,

whose deletion leads to impaired cold growth, has

been proposed as a possible cold sensing factor in

L. monocytogenes (Liu et al., 2006). Based on the

proposed model, environmental cold stress sensed

through membrane bound PgpH proteins is con-

veyed intracellularly through homeodomain depen-

dent signaling pathways.

Using 2DE gel-based proteome analysis, initial

studies revealed modulation in expression of be-

tween 10 to 38 proteins in association with cold stress

adaptation of this organism (Bayles et al., 1996; He-

braud and Guzzo, 2000; Phan-Thanh and Gormon,

1995). Of these differentially expressed proteins vi-

sualized, the predominating cold shock protein was

subsequently identified through microsequencing as

ferritin (Fri) (designated as Flp or Fri) (Hebraud and

Page 70: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

70 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

Guzzo, 2000). The role of this protein in cold adap-

tation was also later phenotypically confirmed when

Dussurget et al. (2005) created a fri null mutant strain

in L. monocytogenes EGDe, which exhibited a cold

sensitive phenotype. Although physiological and

cold adaptation roles of Fri are not yet well under-

stood, it is hypothesized that it might facilitate alle-

viation of oxidative stress environments developing

in cold stress exposed L. monocytogenes cells (Liu

et al., 2002; Tasara and Stephan, 2006). Wemekamp-

Kamphuis et al. (2002) described four approximately

7 kDa protein that were cold inducible in L. mono-

cytogenes LO28 as determined by using a combi-

nation of 2DE gel electrophoresis and immunoblot-

ting. These proteins designated Csp1-Csp4, were

described as the L. monocytogenes cold shock fam-

ily proteins based on their cross reactivity with anti-B.

subtilis CspB polyclonal antibodies. Although their

identity as such was not confirmed by peptide mass

fingerprinting (PMF) in this work, genomic informa-

tion show that L. monocytogenes harbors three pro-

teins of the cold shock domain protein family (Glaser

et al., 2001). Two of these L. monocytogenes Csp

proteins, CspL (CspA) and CspD have now been

confirmed to be functionally vital for efficient cold

growth in this bacterium (Schmid et al., 2009). CspA

and CspD proteins, based on knowledge from oth-

er microorganisms, are also presumed to facilitate

cold growth possibly through nucleic acid (DNA and

RNA) chaperone-like functions (Horn et al., 2007).

This facilitates DNA replication and gene expression

events that may otherwise be hampered through

secondary structures that tend to form in bacterial

cells at low temperatures.

Meanwhile, a more comprehensive cold adapta-

tion proteome analysis in this bacterium has been

recently described. Cacace et al. (2010) performed

detailed proteome analysis on L. monocytogenes

cells grown for 13 days at 4°C with subsequent MAL-

DI (Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization) anal-

ysis. Proteome analysis revealed that 57 proteins in

total were over-expressed and eight were repressed

in cold grown cells compared to cells cultivated at

37°C. Proteome changes detected in this study in-

dicated the increased synthesis of proteins linked to

energy production, oxidative stress resistance, nutri-

ent uptake, lipid synthesis, and protein synthesis and

folding. Cold stress adaptation proteins identified

by this study that are of particular interest include:

OppA, Ctc, GroEL and DnaK. The OppA protein,

which facilitates accumulation of short peptide sub-

strates, is important for efficient cold growth in this

bacterium and at phenotypic level oppA null mutant

of this bacterium was unable to grow at low tem-

perature (5°C) (Borezee et al., 2000). Ctc is a gen-

eral stress protein which has been found to promote

the adaptation of L. monocytogenes cells to high

osmolarity conditions (Gardan et al., 2003b). The

GroEL and DnaK proteins are molecular chaperones

that promote proteins refolding and degradation of

stress damaged proteins that accumulate under dif-

ferent suboptimal conditions including heat stress

(Sokolovic et al., 1990). The cold growth associated

induction of the Ctc, GroEL and DnaK proteins, which

have been previously associated with adaptation to

other stresses (i.e. Ctc for cold and osmotic stress

and GroEL-DnaK for cold and heat stress) conditions

may thus indicate commonality of some stress adap-

tive responses in this bacterium (Cacace et al., 2010;

Duche et al., 2002a,b; Gardan et al., 2003b; Soko-

lovic et al., 1990).

The accumulation of compatible solutes espe-

cially glycine, betaine, and carnitine also promotes

cold growth in various bacteria including L. mono-

cytogenes (Mendum and Smith, 2002; Smith, 1996;

Wemekamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004b). There are no

enzymatic systems for the de novo synthesis of main

cryoprotective compatible solutes glycine, betaine,

and carnitine in L. monocytogenes, but transport

systems (Gbu, BetL and OpuC) that accumulate

them from environmental sources are present, and

deletion of genes coding for these transporters has

confirmed that they facilitate efficient cold growth of

this bacterium (Angelidis et al., 2002; Ko and Smith,

1999; Sleator et al., 1999). Analysis of cold-sensitive

mutants in which Lmo1078 (Chassaing and Auvray,

2007), and LtrC (Chan et al., 2007) proteins are in-

activated also indicates that these proteins func-

tionally contribute to cold adaptation processes in

L. monocytogenes. The Lmo1078 protein is a UDP-

Page 71: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 71

glucose pyrophosphorylase proposed to promote

cold adaptation through enhanced UDP-glucose

production at low temperatures. UDP glucose is an

essential substrate in lipoteichoic acid production

and might facilitate maintenance of architectural in-

tegrity in cell wall and membrane structures leading

to protection of bacterial cells from cold stress dam-

age (Chassaing and Auvray, 2007).

Heat stress adaptation

The understanding of heat stress adaptation in

food-borne pathogens is an important issue since

heating constitutes one of the major food process-

ing and preservation methods. The heat shock re-

sponse is one of the most universal and extensively

studied physical stress responses in living organisms.

This process involves increased production of vari-

ous cell protective protein systems, which ultimately

promotes general environmental stress resistance

and enhanced thermal tolerance (Gandhi and Chi-

kindas, 2007; Klinkert and Narberhaus, 2009; Muga

and Moro, 2008; van der Veen et al., 2007). Similar

to other bacteria, L. monocytogenes synthesizes

a highly conserved set of proteins, also defined as

heat shock proteins (Hsps), upon exposure to high

temperatures (>45°C). Hsps include highly con-

served molecular chaperones and proteases that

functionally prevent nonproductive protein aggre-

gations under different stress environments. GroEL

and DnaK are major Hsps that promote refolding

and degradation of damaged proteins through ATP-

dependent mechanisms (Kandror et al., 1994; Sher-

man and Goldberg, 1996; van der Veen et al., 2007).

These two proteins are highly conserved among liv-

ing organisms and also constitute as the main Hsp

chaperones observed in L. monocytogenes (Gahan

et al., 2001; Hanawa et al., 2000)

Using proteome analysis, the induction of up to

15 Hsps in response to heat shock (48°C/30 min) was

observed using SDS-PAGE (Sokolovic et al., 1990). Of

these, two Hsps were identified as GroEL and DnaK

in L. monocytogenes CLIP 54149 (serotype 1/2a)

based on immunological detection. In another study

the induction of as many as 32 Hsps was observed

using preparative 2DE gels of L. monocytogenes

EGD in response to a temperature shock of 49°C/15

min (Phan-Thanh and Gormon, 1995). One identified

predominant protein, Fri, with molecular weight 18

kDa and pI of 5.1 showed 50.6-fold inductions due

to heat shock. This very same protein spot was 10.5-

fold induced in response to cold shock (Phan-Thanh

and Gormon, 1995). Similarly, other researchers have

also observed the transcriptional induction of fri

transcripts in response to heat (Hebraud and Guz-

zo, 2000; van der Veen et al., 2007) and cold stress

(Dussurget et al., 2005). Phenotypically fri gene null L.

monocytogenes EGDe cells also failed to reach the

maximal optical density compared to the wild type

strain during growth under heat at 45°C (Dussur-

get et al., 2005). These findings together suggest

that ferritin-like protein is important for high and

low temperature adaptation in L. monocytogenes.

Recently, Agoston et al. (2009) compared the effect

of mild and prolonged heat treatments on L. mono-

cytogenes cells using 2DE analysis. In line with the

reduced metabolic activity at suboptimal tempera-

ture, large numbers of metabolic proteins were sup-

pressed during heat exposure in this study which is

also consistent with the observation from other stud-

ies (Phan-Thanh and Gormon, 1995; Phan-Thanh and

Jansch, 2006). Importantly, L. monocytogenes stress

protein DnaN, a beta subunit of polymerase III, was

highly induced in response to different heat shock

treatments. Observed induced expression of DnaN,

involved in DNA synthesis process, may indicate its

role in increased synthesis of some HSPs.

Osmotic stress adaptation

The osmotolerance of L. monocytogenes is an-

other property crucial to survival and growth of this

pathogen at high salt levels and low water activity

environments encountered in conserved food prod-

ucts. Osmotic stress adaptation in microorganisms

depends on the modulation of both ionic and or-

ganic solute pools so as to sustain cytoplasmic water

and turgor pressure at levels, which are compatible

with cell viability and growth at low water activity

(Booth and Louis, 1999; Wood, 2007).

Page 72: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

72 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

L. monocytogenes cells cope with elevated levels

of osmolarity through appropriate changes in pro-

tein expression levels. Significant modulation (ap-

proximately 32 proteins) in protein expression under

hyper osmotic conditions (3.5% to 6.5% NaCl con-

centration) was first visualized in preparative 2DE

gels (Esvan et al., 2000) and some of the salt stress

adaptation proteins were later identified (Duche

et al., 2002a,b). Identified osmotic stress proteins

include those related to general stress (Ctc and

DnaK), transporters (GbuA and AppA), ribosomal

proteins (RpsF, 30S ribosomal protein S6), as well as

proteins involved in general metabolism processes

(Ald, CcpA, CysK, TufA (EF-Tu), Gap, GuaB, PdhA,

PdhD, and Pgm) (Duche et al., 2002a,b). Among the

salt stress induced proteins, the role of Ctc in osmo-

tolerance was further characterized by Gardan et al.

(2003b), who demonstrated that ctc gene is involved

in L. monocytogenes osmotolerance. They found

that growth of the ctc mutant strain was signifi-

cantly impaired compared to its isogenic wild type

L. monocytogenes LO28 strain in minimal medium

with 3.5% NaCl.

Other than the differential expression of salt stress

proteins, increased uptake of glycine betaine and

carnitine osmolytes via betL, gbu, and opuC en-

coded transporter porters is crucial under hyper-os-

motic conditions. Accumulation of these osmolytes

prevents the intracellular water loss by counteracting

external osmolarity and keeping the macromolecu-

lar structure of the cells intact. Indeed, the induced

expression (>2-fold) of GbuA transporter protein un-

der high osmolarity (3.5% NaCl) has been observed

in 2DE analysis of L. monocytogenes LO28 (Duche

et al., 2002a). Meanwhile the induction of compat-

ible solute transporter encoding genes, betL, gbu,

and opuC in response to higher osmolarity has been

reported at the transcriptional level in L. monocyto-

genes cells (Fraser et al., 2003). Interestingly these

transporter systems expressed under hyper-osmotic

stress conditions are the same as the ones expressed

under cold stress (Mendum and Smith, 2002; Smith,

1996; Wemekamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004b), suggest-

ing that some of the mechanisms counteracting os-

motic and cold stress may be common in L. mono-

cytogenes. Moreover, the cold shock protein CspD

also facilitates both osmotic and cold stress adapta-

tion in L. monocytogenes and a mutant strain lack-

ing cspD gene also display a stress sensitive phe-

notype under NaCl salt stress conditions (Schmid et

al., 2009). Other important proteins in L. monocyto-

genes salt stress adaptation are HtrA (Wonderling

et al., 2004) and Lmo 1078 (Chassaing and Auvray,

2007). The HtrA protein is a general stress response

serine protease that contributes to osmotic stress

adaptation functions through its role in degradation

of salt stress damaged proteins. At the phenotypic

level the L. monocytogenes htrA null mutant displays

diminished growth in presence of NaCl stress. The

Lmo1078 promotes both cold and osmotic tolerance

based on its proposed functional contribution to

maintenance of cell wall and membrane architectur-

al integrity in this bacterium. The CstR transcriptional

repressor protein is also involved in modulation of L.

monocytogenes osmotic stress tolerance functions

since a CstR null mutant of this bacterium displays

improved growth under NaCl salt stress conditions

(Nair et al., 2000b).

Acid stress adaptation

The adaptation of microorganisms to acid stress

environments includes significant gene and protein

expression changes associated with, among other

response, the mobilization of cellular mechanisms

that consume acids and generate basic amines

(Foster, 2004; Merrell and Camilli, 2002). L. monocy-

togenes cells face acid stress conditions in low pH

foods and at various stages during human infection.

L. monocytogenes counteracts acidic stress condi-

tions by production of various acid stress response

proteins (ASPs). ASPs were initially designated based

on their location on the preparative 2DE gels (Davis

et al., 1996; O’Driscoll et al., 1997) and some were

later identified by PMF (Phan-Thanh and Mahouin,

1999; Wemekamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004a). Some

of the identified ASPs include: proteins involved in

respiration (enzyme dehydrogenases and reductas-

es), osmolyte transport (GbuA), protein folding and

repair (Chapronin, GroEL, ClpP), general stress re-

Page 73: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 73

sponse (sigma H homologous of B. subtilis), flagella

synthesis (FlaA), and metabolism (Pfk, GalE) (Phan-

Thanh and Mahouin, 1999; Wemekamp-Kamphuis

et al., 2004a).

The acid tolerance response (ATR) is character-

ized by increased microbial cell resistance to le-

thal acid after an exposure to mild acidic condition

(Koutsoumanis et al., 2004). This phenomenon has

been examined by a number of studies in L. mono-

cytogenes cells. When the synthesis of ASPs in L.

monocytogenes LO28 produced under both mild

(pH 5.5 for 2 h) and lethal (pH 3.5 for 15 min) acidic

conditions were compared to a normal pH (~7.2), a

total of 37 proteins were induced under mild acidic

treatment and 47 under lethal acidic treatment, with

23 of the induced proteins being common under

both conditions (Phan-Thanh and Mahouin, 1999).

The different aspects of acid stress adaptive mecha-

nisms in L. monocytogenes are well elucidated from

acid stress adaptation mechanisms studies in this

bacterium (Abram et al., 2008a; Ferreira et al., 2003;

Phan-Thanh and Jansch, 2006; Ryan et al., 2008b ). In

brief, when exposed to a lower external pH, bacte-

rial cells attempt to maintain their cytoplasmic pH by

decreasing the membrane permeability to protons,

buffering their cytoplasm, and by equilibrating the

external pH through catabolism (Phan-Thanh and

Jansch, 2006). One of the ways that limit the bac-

terial permeability to proton is through changes in

the lipid bilayer of cell membrane. Giotis et al. (2007)

suggested that there was an increased concentration

of straight chain fatty acids and decreased concen-

tration of branched chain fatty acids in L. monocy-

togenes 10403S cells grown under acidic conditions

(pH 5.0 to 6.0) compared to neutral pH. Another im-

portant approach that the bacterial cells use for dis-

pelling the protons outside the cells is to accelerate

electron transferring reactions through enhanced

oxidation reduction potential. The ASPs identified

as dehydrogenases (GuaB, PduQ and lmo0560) and

reductases (YcgT) together with respiratory enzymes

are implicated to play an important role in main-

taining pH homeostasis by active proton transport

(Phan-Thanh and Jansch, 2006).

Organic acid salts such as sodium lactate and

sodium diacetate are extensively used in ready-to-

eat (RTE) meat products as antiListerial food preser-

vatives. Recently Mbandi et al. (2007) used 2DE to

evaluate the protein induction in L. monocytogenes

Scott A by these organic salts. Experiments were

conducted in defined medium with either sodium

lactate (2.5%) or sodium diacetate (0.2%) or in com-

bination. Some of the proteins that showed substan-

tial up or down regulation (>10 fold) were identified

using PMF. Oxidoreductase and lipoproteins were

upregulated whereas DNA-binding proteins, alpha

amylase and SecA were repressed during exposure

to these organic acid salts. Identified enzyme protein

oxidoreductase in L. monocytogenes has been pre-

viously suggested to be involved in dispelling proton

molecules to maintain cell homeostasis (Phan-Thanh

and Jansch, 2006).

The glutamate decarboxylase (GAD) and arginine

deiminase (ADI) are well described major acid adap-

tive mechanisms in L. monocytogenes. L. monocyto-

genes LO28 strain with a mutation in genes of GAD

proteins GadA, GadB and GadC displayed higher

acid stress sensitivity in an acidified reconstituted

skim milk background (Cotter et al., 2001b) and gas-

tric fluid (Cotter et al., 2001a). The L. monocytogenes

ADI system includes proteins ArcA, ArcB and ArcC

and ArcD for the conversion and transfer of arginine

into ornithine and deletion in functional genes of

ADI leads impaired growth in mildly acidic condi-

tions (pH 4.8) and survival in lethal pH conditions (pH

3.5) (Ryan et al., 2009).

Alkaline stress adaptation

L. monocytogenes cells are more resistant to

alkaline stress in comparison to other foodborne

pathogens such as Salmonella Enteritidis and E. coli

O157:H7 (Mendonca et al., 1994). At pH 12, L. mono-

cytogenes F5069 (serotype 4b) cell concentrations

decreased by only 1-log in 10 min compared to 8-log

reductions observed for E. coli and S. Enteritidis

within 15 s. Earlier, 2DE analysis of alkaline stressed

(pH 10.0 for 35 min) L. monocytogenes EGDe cells by

Phan-Thanh and Gormon (1997) showed induction

of 16 proteins, synthesis of 11 novel proteins, and

Page 74: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

74 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

repression of nearly half of the total proteins in com-

parison to non-stressed cells. Recently, Giotis et al.

(2008) also reported the repression of a large number

of proteins along with synthesis of 8 novel proteins

in response to alkaline stress of L. monocytogenes

10403S strain. In addition to proteomic analysis, they

also evaluated the alkaline stress adaptive mecha-

nism using microarray transcriptional profiling and

found 390 gene transcripts differentially expressed

(Giotis et al., 2008). Protein identification of four dif-

ferentially expressed proteins by peptide-mass map-

ping revealed induction of heat shock proteins DnaK

and GroEL and repression of DdlA (alanine ligase)

and AtpD (ATP synthase). These identified proteins

spots were also found to be induced or repressed in

microarray analysis. In addition, screening library of

Tn917- lac insertional mutants in L. monocytogenes

LO28 identified 12 mutants sensitive to alkaline con-

ditions, though identification of transposition target

suggest they all carried mutations in only putative

transporter genes (Gardan et al., 2003a).

High hydrostatic pressure (HHP) stress adaptation

L. monocytogenes cells undergo mechanical

stress following HHP treatment. The usual pressure

range employed in HHP is in the range of 200-600

MPa for 5-10 min depending on the food matrices.

Such high pressure damages the cell membrane and

results in leakage of cell content along with disso-

ciation of protein complexes (Gross and Jaenicke,

1994). However, HHP treated L. monocytogenes

cells were found to be sublethally injured with their

metabolic-activity largely maintained and had the

potential for a gradual recovery (Ritz et al., 2006). In

addition although L. monocytogenes cells in HHP

treated cooked ham displayed a lag phase lasting

up to 1.5 months, they subsequently recovered to

grow more than 5-logs over 3 months (Aymerich et

al., 2005).

To characterize the HHP induced proteins en-

abling resistance to mechanical stress, Jofre et al.

(2007) conducted 2DE analysis of L. monocytogenes

CTC1011 (serotype 1/2c) after treatment with 400

MPa for 2 h and observed expression of 23 proteins

being modulated. These high pressure induced pro-

teins were related to ribosomal function (RplJ, RplL,

RpsF, RpsB, IleS, GatA), transcription (GreA), protein

degradation (PepF, PepT), protein folding (GroES),

metabolism (PflB, Pta, Zwf, Ald,), general stress (Fri)

and unknown functions. Of these high pressure in-

duced proteins, chaperone GroES may be necessary

in refolding of dissociated protein complexes follow-

ing HHP treatment, and peptidases (PepF, PepT) may

contribute to degradation of proteins that cannot be

folded by molecular chaperones. Flp has been pre-

viously elucidated to have roles in cold, heat, and

oxidative stress adaptation (Dussurget et al., 2005).

Moreover, L. monocytogenes shows increased resis-

tant to HHP treatment following prior exposure to

cold stress along with induced expression of cold

shock proteins following HHP treatment.

Implications of L. monocytogenes stress adaptation to virulence responses

The stress responses of L. monocytogenes are

not only important in survival of hostile external

and food-associated environments but also dur-

ing host colonization processes. The pathogenicity

of food-borne L. monocytogenes also depends on

their physiological status at infection, which is deter-

mined by, among other factors, the environmental

stress challenges encountered and stress responses

activated prior to interaction with susceptible hosts.

Besides the fact that acid stress adaptation of this

bacterium promotes survival in acidic food environ-

ments, this process has been also shown to modu-

late various aspects of virulence in this pathogen. As

an example, the pathogenic potential of this bacte-

rium can be increased through improved viability in

the gastrointestinal tract, which includes increased

survival of the gastric acid stress challenges. The

increased expression of virulence genes as well as

enhanced cell adhesion and invasion has been re-

ported in association with acid stress adaptation of

L. monocytogenes cells (Conte et al., 2000; Garner et

al., 2006; Olsen et al., 2005; Werbrouck et al., 2009).

Conte et al. (2000) detected enhanced Caco-2 cell

Page 75: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 75

invasion ability, in addition to improved survival and

proliferation in activated murine macrophages of L.

monocytogenes cells preadapted by mild organic

acid stress exposure. Werbrouck et al. (2009) also

described increased cellular invasiveness and inlA

mRNA levels in their analysis of acid stress adapted

L. monocytogenes cells. In similar fashion there was

an increased transcription of virulence genes such as

prfA, inlA and inlB, as well as enhanced adhesion and

invasion of Caco-2 cells in two L. monocytogenes

strains adapted to prolonged acid stress (Olesen et

al., 2009). Another stress commonly encountered by

L. monocytogenes cells in food associated environ-

ments considered to potentially influence virulence

of this bacterium is NaCl osmotic stress. NaCl stress

exposure is associated with increased expression of

various general stress resistance and virulence genes

in this bacterium suggesting that osmotic stress ad-

aptation events along the food supply chain may

enhance subsequent pathogenicity (Kazmierczak et

al., 2003; Olesen et al., 2009; Sue et al., 2004). Phe-

notypically increased cell adhesion and invasion in

vitro has been observed in NaCl stress adapted L.

monocytogenes cells (Garner et al., 2006; Olesen

et al., 2009). The significance of these phenotypic

observations however remains to be further exam-

ined. One study, which examined the growth of

some food environment persistent strains and clini-

cal isolates under NaCl osmotic stress, was not able

to detect significant influence of this stress exposure

on pathogenicity of these strains using several viru-

lence models (Jensen et al., 2008). Similarly, Wałecka

et al., (2011) did not find increased expression of in-

ternalins with salt stress and suggested that bacterial

growth phase instead of salt stress was direct deter-

minant of L. monocytogenes invasiveness. Hence

the above mentioned reports determining the in-

volvement of salt stress show conflicting findings

and more work in this direction would be required

to understand the factors that result in such differ-

ing view. The expression of prfA controlled virulence

genes and cell invasion capacity of L. monocyto-

genes cells is temperature dependent and pathoge-

nicity in some meat-processing plant derived strains

of this bacterium was reported to decrease during

long term cold storage at 4°C (Duodu et al., 2010;

Johansson et al., 2002; McGann et al., 2007). Simi-

larly, cold stress exposed wild type and mutants lack-

ing csp genes in the L. monocytogenes EGDe strain

were significantly impaired in cell invasion relative

to corresponding controls grown at 37°C (Loepfe et

al., 2010). Temperature dependent virulence gene

expression repression as well as membrane damage

and cell surface modifications in these organisms ex-

posed at low temperatures might lead to phenotypic

virulence defects observed in cold adapted L. mono-

cytogenes organisms.

Van de Velde et al. (2009) compared proteomes

between L. monocytogenes cells grown in human

THP-1 monocytes versus those growing extracel-

lularly in TSB broth using 2D-DIGE. Down regula-

tions of general stress protein Ctc and oxidative

stress protein Sod was detected suggesting that

compared to extra cellular environment the intra-

cellular uptake by host cells may be more favorable

environment for L. monocytogenes survival and ad-

aptations. Shin et al. (2010) observed the increased

σB activity, as measured by ß-galactosidase lacZ pro-

moter assay, to vancomycin antibiotic stress. While

subsequent proteome analysis of L. monocytogenes

σB wild type and null mutant strains using LC-ESI-

MS/MS also revealed among other proteins the in-

creased production of the virulence protein InlD. Fri

protein is another general stress response protein

with virulence promoting functions in L. monocyto-

genes. It has been shown by using both mice chal-

lenge and macrophage cell virulence models that

fri null strains of L. monocytogenes are significantly

impaired (Dussurget et al., 2005; Mohamed et al.,

2006; Olsen et al., 2005). Proteome analysis of the fri

mutant and wild type strain was compared to reveal

repression in Hly (Listeriolysin O) and stress response

proteins CcpA (Catabolite control protein A) and

OsmC (Dussurget et al., 2005).

The stress induced chaperone proteins ClpB,

ClpC, ClpE, ClpP have all been shown to provide

virulence promoting activities in L. monocytogenes

and thus it is possible that their induction in this

bacterium in response to stress in food associated

environments also increases the capacity of stress

Page 76: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

76 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

adapted organism to survive hostile host envi-

ronments as well as enhance their pathogenicity

(Chastanet et al., 2004; Gaillot et al., 2000; Nair et

al., 1999; 2000a;). Meanwhile Olesen et al. (2009)

in their recent study showed that acid exposed L.

monocytogenes cells displaying increased Caco-

2 cell virulence also displayed increased expres-

sion of genes encoding the ClpC and ClpP. The

RNA binding regulatory protein Hfq, is another

general stress response modulating protein which

has been shown to protects cells from osmotic and

ethanol stress as well as facilitate enhanced patho-

genicity in L. monocytogenes infected mice (Chris-

tiansen et al., 2004). Stack et al. (2005) found that

the HrtA serine protease, which protects L. mono-

cytogenes from various stresses including expo-

sure to acidic conditions also contributes towards

virulence capablities of this bacterium. The gen-

eral stress response protein σB, which facilitates L.

monocytogenes adaptation to multiple stresses

has also been shown to promote virulence and cell

invasiveness in this bacterium (Garner et al., 2006;

Ivy et al., 2010). Recently it was shown that the im-

portance of σB responses in these aspects might

be lineage specific with its activity being important

in lineage I, II, IIIB strains but not in IIIA (Oliver et

al., 2010).

Role of alternative sigma factor (σB ) in L. monocytogenes stress adaptation

In L. monocytogenes, σB is a major stress re-

sponse regulator and mutant strain lacking σB ac-

tivity shows increased sensitivity to a wide range of

stresses including cold (Becker et al., 2000; Chan

et al., 2007; 2008; Moorhead and Dykes, 2004;

Raimann et al., 2009; Wemekamp-Kamphuis et al.,

2004a; ), heat (Hu et al., 2007a,b; van der Veen et

al., 2007), osmotic (Becker et al., 1998, Fraser et al.,

2003; Okada et al 2008; Raimann et al., 2009), acid

(Cotter et al., 2001a,b; Ryan et al., 2008a; Weme-

kamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004a), and HHP (Weme-

kamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004a). The main role of σB

in L. monocytogenes is to regulate the expression

of various stress response associated genes. As an

example, Flp is a general stress protein involved

in cold, oxidative and heat stress adaptation. The

expression of fri gene encoding Flp protein is par-

tially regulated through σB-dependent pathways in

L. monocytogenes 10403S (Chan et al., 2007).

To identify the proteins that show σB dependent

expression in the acidic conditions, 2DE analysis of

acid adapted (pH 4.5) and non-adapted cells (both

wild type and σB mutant) was performed (Weme-

kamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004a). The expression of 9

proteins was dependent on σB during acid stress

and some of these proteins were identified using

PMF. The identified proteins with σB dependent

expression in response to HHP stress included Pfk,

GalE, ClpP, and Lmo1580. The Pfk (6-phospho-

fructokinase) and GalE are enzymes involved in

glycolysis and sugar metabolism, respectively, and

ClpP is the ATP-dependent chaperone protease

that plays a role in preventing the accumulation of

misfolded proteins. The induction of ClpP protein

expression may be necessary in acidic conditions

to help in resolution of protein aggregations that

are likely to occur due to acid stress induced pro-

tein damage.

Recently, the role of σB regulon on L. monocyto-

genes 10403S cells grown to stationary phase in the

presence or absence of 0.5 M NaCl was evaluated

using both 2DE and iTRAQ (Abram et al., 2008b).

Using a combination of these two approaches a

total of 38 proteins (17 induced and 21 repressed)

were identified whose expression was σB depen-

dent. Among these σB controlled proteins, 10

proteins (7 positively regulated and 3 negatively

regulated by σB) were further classified based on

their potential role in stress related functions. Of

these 7 σB positively regulated proteins, two pro-

teins OpuC and HtrA were previously conferred to

have role in L. monocytogenes stress adaptation

(Fraser et al., 2003; Wonderling et al., 2004). OpuC

is involved in osmolyte transfer needed for os-

motic and cold adaptation (Fraser et al., 2003) and

HtrA serves as a protease whose deletion leads to

growth defects under NaCL stress (Wonderling et

al., 2004). Intracellular accumulation of glycine be-

taine and carnitine osmolytes is necessary in cold

Page 77: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 77

as well as osmotic stress. Expressions of the os-

molyte transporter proteins, Gbu and Opu, have

been shown to be at least partially dependent

on the σB activity (Cetin et al., 2004; Fraser et al.,

2003;). Also L. monocytogenes 10403S strain with

a null mutation in the σB gene showed substantial

defects in its ability to accumulate glycine betaine

and carnitine osmolytes (Becker et al., 1998; 2000).

Moreover, σB deletion impairs the ability of L.

monocytogenes 10403S cells to withstand against

heat stress (55°C for 30-60 min) and class II heat

shock genes, which also includes the osmolyte

transporter gene opuC, are positively upregulated

following heat shock (48°C for 3 min) in L. mono-

cytogenes EGDe strain (Hu et al., 2007a; van der

Veen et al., 2007). Using transcriptional analysis,

Ryan et al. (2008a) reported the induction of the σB

in response to sublethal levels of detergent stress.

In addition, following HHP treatment of 300 MPa

of 20 min, the parent strain (EGDe) showed 100-

fold higher survival compared to σB mutant strain

(Wemekamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004a).

Apart from σB, other sigma factors σc, σH, and

σL (RpoN) are also known to play important roles

in stress adaptation of L. monocytogenes. L.

monocytogenes strain lacking σB, σc, σH encod-

ing proteins have been shown to have significantly

impaired growth compared to wild type strain at

4°C for 12 days (Chan et al., 2008). Raimann et

al. (2009) reported that L. monocytogenes strain

lacking σL has impaired cold growth due to in

part by the repressed transcript production of oli-

gopeptide-binding OppA protein that facilitates

accumulation of short peptide substrates which

are also important for efficient cold growth in this

bacterium (Borezee et al., 2000). Absence of σc in-

creases the L. monocytogenes sensitivity to ther-

mal treatment, thus highlighting the importance

of this regulatory factor in conferring L. monocy-

togenes adaptation to heat stress (Zhang et al.,

2005). σL aids in L. monocytogenes ability to grow

at high salt concentrations (Okada et al., 2006) as

well as control carbohydrate metabolism through

its influence on expression of phosphotransferase

system genes (Arous et al., 2004).

ConCluSIon And fuTuRe PeRSPeCTIveS

The ability of L. monocytogenes cells to survive

adverse physiological conditions is a serious food

safety and public health concern. The physiological

changes in response of environmental stress stimuli’s

reflect key changes instituted by microbial cells at

gene or protein expression levels. In the future an

improved understanding of fundamental changes

occurring at genes or proteins level in L. monocy-

togenes cells in response to adverse environmental

conditions will provides new insights that can be har-

nessed in developing more effective practical food

preservation approaches (Gandhi and Chikindas,

2007; Tasara and Stephan, 2006).

The physiological changes mounted in response

to particular environmental stress stimuli in L. mono-

cytogenes are a consequence of changes at gene

transcription and/or protein expression levels. The

cold adaptive nature of this organism is probably

one of the most important concerns to food produc-

tion due to the ability of this pathogen to grow and

achieve high concentrations in long shelf life ready-

to-eat products preserved by refrigeration. Vari-

ous cold adaptive mechanisms such as synthesis of

conserved cold shock proteins (Schmid et al., 2009),

increased uptake of cryoprotective osmolytes (An-

gelidis and Smith, 2003), increased membrane per-

miablity (Borezee et al., 2000), increased production

of general stress proteins Fri (Dussurget et al., 2005),

etc have been identified that may directly or indi-

rectly confer this bacterium with an ability to multiply

and/or survive at lower temperatures. However, at

this stage it is unclear if these different mechanisms

work in any coordinated manner or if they work on

separate niches leading overall cold stress resistance

of L. monocytogenes cells. Future experiments are

warranted to understand the complex hierarchy be-

tween these different stress response mechanisms.

One way to do this would be to conduct gene knock

out studies where the related genes/proteins of a

particular stress adaptive mechanism (i.e. deletion of

cold shock proteins) is deleted and use these strains

to understand the modulations in genes/proteins of

other stress mechanisms. The adaptation of this bac-

Page 78: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

78 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

terium to osmotic stress also involves complex sets

of cellular responses. Notably some osmotic stress

response mechanisms, such as compatible solute

uptake systems as well as alternative sigma factors

are also involved in cold stress adaptation (Fraser et

al., 2003; Wemekamp-Kamphuis et al., 2004b), which

suggests that some cellular response mechanism to-

wards food related environmental (cold and osmotic)

stresses in this bacterium are common.

The main limitation of current studies is that

large numbers of genes/proteins are tabulated as

being differentially expressed but there is little or

no insight on what the modulations in these gene/

proteins mean. In any event, perturbation in physiol-

ogy of living cells is likely to change the expression

levels of various genes/proteins. Such information is

of limited value without further functional character-

izations of such putative stress adaptation genes or

proteins. While it may not be practical to use such

approach for hundreds of genes/proteins that are

differentially expressed along with each stress, it is

necessary to do follow-up studies on genes/proteins

that exhibit substantially large changes in expression

level. So far only in a few cases of stress proteins has

the follow-up work been done in elucidating their

molecular roles during stress adaptation of L. mono-

cytogenes. Some key examples are: (a) Flp protein,

first identified to be highly induced in cold and heat

stress, and subsequently confirmed through fri mu-

tant strain of L. monocytogenes EGDe, which is im-

paired under both stress conditions (Dussurget et

al., 2005; Hebraud and Guzzo, 2000; Phan-Thanh and

Gormon, 1995); (b) Ctc protein is induced under salt

stress and L. monocytogenes LO28 ctc mutant strain

is found defective in growth under NaCl stress con-

ditions (Duche et al., 2002a; Gardan et al., 2003b);

and (c) GbuA osmolyte transporter protein, induced

under high osmolarity, (at 3.5% NaCl) was confirmed

by gbu mutant strain of L. monocytogenes LTG59

as defective in growth in the absence of osmolyte

uptake activity (Duche et al., 2002a; Mendum and

Smith, 2002). Moreover most of the current stress

adaptation findings are based on laboratory media

and it is crucial that to design new experimental

strategies that detect stress adaption response in L.

monocytogenes cells exposed to different food ma-

trices. The experiments with food substrate may be

designed to see how different food components and

food preservatives modulate the expression of stress

proteins identified using broth media.

ACknowledgeMenT

This research was supported in part by Food Safe-

ty Initiative award to RN by the Mississippi Agricul-

tural and Forestry Experiment Station (MAFES), Mis-

sissippi State University.

RefeRenCeS

Abram, F., E. Starr, K. A. Karatzas, K. Matlawska-

Wasowska, A. Boyd, M. Wiedmann, K. J. Boor,

D. Connally, C. P. O’Byrne. 2008a. Identification

of components of the sigma B regulon in Listeria

monocytogenes that contribute to acid and salt

tolerance. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 74:6848-6858.

Abram, F., W. L. Su, M. Wiedmann, K. J. Boor, P.

Coote, C. Botting, K. A. Karatzas, C. P. O’Byrne.

2008b. Proteomic analyses of a Listeria monocyto-

genes mutant lacking sigmaB identify new compo-

nents of the sigmaB regulon and highlight a role

for sigmaB in the utilization of glycerol. Appl. Envi-

ron. Microbiol. 74:594-604.

Agoston, R., K. Soni, P. R. Jesudhasan, W. K. Russell,

C. Mohacsi-Farkas, S. D. Pillai. 2009. Differential

expression of proteins in Listeria monocytogenes

under thermotolerance-inducing, heat shock, and

prolonged heat shock conditions. Foodborne Pat-

hog. Dis. 6:1133-1140.

Angelidis, A. S., L. T. Smith, G. M. Smith. 2002. El-

evated carnitine accumulation by Listeria mono-

cytogenes impaired in glycine betaine transport

is insufficient to restore wild-type cryotolerance in

milk whey. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 75:1-9.

Angelidis, A. S. and G. M. Smith. 2003. Role of the

glycine betaine and carnitine transporters in ad-

aptation of Listeria monocytogenes to chill stress

in defined medium. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

69:7492-7498.

Arous, S., C. Buchrieser, P. Folio, P. Glaser, A. Na-

Page 79: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 79

mane, M. Hebraud, Y. Hechard. 2004. Global anal-

ysis of gene expression in an rpoN mutant of Liste-

ria monocytogenes. Microbiol. 150:1581-1590.

Aymerich, T., A. Jofre, M. Garriga, M. Hugas. 2005.

Inhibition of Listeria monocytogenes and Salmo-

nella by natural antimicrobials and high hydro-

static pressure in sliced cooked ham. J. Food Prot.

68:173-177.

Bayles, D. O., B. A. Annous, B. J. Wilkinson. 1996.

Cold stress proteins induced in Listeria monocyto-

genes in response to temperature downshock and

growth at low temperatures. Appl. Environ. Micro-

biol. 62:1116-1119.

Becker, L. A., M. S. Cetin, R. W. Hutkins, A. K. Benson.

1998. Identification of the gene encoding the alter-

native sigma factor sigmaB from Listeria monocy-

togenes and its role in osmotolerance. J. Bacteriol.

180:4547-4554.

Becker, L. A., S. N. Evans, R. W. Hutkins, A. K. Ben-

son. 2000. Role of sigma(B) in adaptation of Listeria

monocytogenes to growth at low temperature. J.

Bacteriol. 182:7083-7087.

Booth, I. R. and P. Louis. 1999. Managing hypoosmotic

stress: aquaporins and mechanosensitive channels

in Escherichia coli. Curr. Opin. Microbiol. 2:166-169.

Borezee, E., E. Pellegrini, P. Berche. 2000. OppA of

Listeria monocytogenes, an oligopeptide-binding

protein required for bacterial growth at low tem-

perature and involved in intracellular survival. In-

fect. Immun. 68:7069-7077.

Cacace, G., M. F. Mazzeo, A . Sorrentino, V . Spada,

A . Malorni, R. A Siciliano. 2010. Proteomics for the

elucidation of cold adaptation mechanisms in Lis-

teria monocytogenes. J. Proteomics 10:2021-2030.

Calvo, E., M. G. Pucciarelli, H. Bierne, P. Cossart, J.

P. Albar, F. Garcia-Del Portillo. 2005. Analysis of

the Listeria cell wall proteome by two-dimension-

al nanoliquid chromatography coupled to mass

spectrometry. Proteomics 5:433-443.

Cetin, M. S., C. Zhang, R. W. Hutkins, A. K. Benson.

2004. Regulation of transcription of compatible

solute transporters by the general stress sigma

factor, sigmaB, in Listeria monocytogenes. J. Bac-

teriol. 186:794-802.

Chan, Y. C., Y. Hu, S. Chaturongakul, K. D. Files, B.

M. Bowen, K. J. Boor, M. Wiedmann. 2008. Contri-

butions of two-component regulatory systems, al-

ternative sigma factors, and negative regulators to

Listeria monocytogenes cold adaptation and cold

growth. J. Food. Prot. 71:420-425.

Chan, Y. C., K. J. Boor, M. Wiedmann. 2007. Sig-

maB-dependent and sigmaB-independent mech-

anisms contribute to transcription of Listeria

monocytogenes cold stress genes during cold

shock and cold growth. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

73:6019-6029.

Chassaing, D. and F. Auvray. 2007. The lmo1078

gene encoding a putative UDP-glucose pyro-

phosphorylase is involved in growth of Listeria

monocytogenes at low temperature. FEMS Mi-

crobiol. Lett. 275:31-37.

Chastanet, A., I. Derre, S. Nair, T. Msadek. 2004.

clpB, a novel member of the Listeria monocy-

togenes CtsR regulon, is involved in virulence

but not in general stress tolerance. J. Bacteriol.

186:1165-1674.

Christiansen, J. K., M. H. Larsen, H. Ingmer, L.

Søgaard-Andersen, B. H. Kallipolitis. 2004. The

RNA-binding protein Hfq of Listeria monocyto-

genes role in stress tolerance and virulence. J.

Bacteriol. 186:3355-3362.

Conte, M.P, G. Petrone, A. M. Di Biase, M. G. Am-

mendolia, F. Superti, L. Seganti. 2000. Acid tol-

erance in Listeria monocytogenes influences

invasiveness of enterocyte-like cells and macro-

phage-like cells. Microb. Pathog. 9:137-144.

Cotter P. D., C. G. Gahan, C. Hill. 2001a. A gluta-

mate decarboxylase system protects Listeria

monocytogenes in gastric fluid. Mol. Microbiol.

40:465-475.

Cotter P. D., K.O’Reilly, C. Hill. 2001b. Role of the

glutamate decarboxylase acid resistance system

in the survival of Listeria monocytogenes LO28 in

low pH foods. J. Food Prot. 64:1362-1368.

Davis, M. J., P. J. Coote, C. P. O’Byrne. 1996. Acid

tolerance in Listeria monocytogenes: the adap-

tive acid tolerance response (ATR) and growth-

phase-dependent acid resistance. Microbiology

142:2975-2982.

Donaldson, J. R., B. Nanduri, S. C. Burgess, M. L.

Page 80: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

80 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

Lawrence. 2009. Comparative proteomic analysis

of Listeria monocytogenes strains F2365 and EGD.

Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 75:366-373.

Duche, O., F. Tremoulet, P. Glaser, J. Labadie. 2002a.

Salt stress proteins induced in Listeria monocyto-

genes. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 68:1491-1498.

Duche, O., F. Tremoulet, A. Namane, J. Labadie.

2002b. A proteomic analysis of the salt stress re-

sponse of Listeria monocytogenes. FEMS Micro-

biol. Lett. 215:183-188.

Dumas, E., B. Meunier, J. L. Berdague, C. Chambon,

M. Desvaux, M. Hebraud. 2008. Comparative anal-

ysis of extracellular and intracellular proteomes

of Listeria monocytogenes strains reveals a cor-

relation between protein expression and serovar.

Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 74:7399-7409.

Dussurget, O., E. Dumas, C. Archambaud, I. Chafsey,

C. Chambon, M. Hebraud, P. Cossart. 2005. Listeria

monocytogenes ferritin protects against multiple

stresses and is required for virulence. FEMS Micro-

biol. Lett. 250:253-261.

Duodu, S., A. Holst-Jensen, T. Skjerdal, J. M. Cappe-

lier, M. F. Pilet, S. Loncarevic. 2010. Influence of stor-

age temperature on gene expression and virulence

potential of Listeria monocytogenes strains grown

in a salmon matrix. Food Microbiol. 27:795-801.

Esvan, H., J. Minet, C. Laclie, M. Cormier. 2000.

Proteins variations in Listeria monocytogenes ex-

posed to high salinities. Int. J. Food Microbiol.

55:151-155.

Ferreira, A., D. Sue, C. P. O’Byrne, K. J. Boor. 2003.

Role of Listeria monocytogenes sigma(B) in sur-

vival of lethal acidic conditions and in the acquired

acid tolerance response. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

69:2692-2698.

Folio, P., P. Chavant, I. Chafsey, A. Belkorchia, C.

Chambon, M. Hebraud. 2004. Two-dimensional

electrophoresis database of Listeria monocyto-

genes EGDe proteome and proteomic analysis of

mid-log and stationary growth phase cells. Pro-

teomics 4:3187-3201.

Folsom, J. P. and J. F. Frank. 2007. Proteomic analysis

of a hypochlorous acid-tolerant Listeria monocyto-

genes cultural variant exhibiting enhanced biofilm

production. J. Food Prot. 70:1129-1136.

Foster, J. W. 2004. Escherichia coli acid resistance:

tales of an amateur acidophile. Nat. Rev. Micro-

biol. 2:898-907.

Fraser, K. R., D. Sue, M. Wiedmann, K. Boor, C. P.

O’Byrne. 2003. Role of sigmaB in regulating

the compatible solute uptake systems of Liste-

ria monocytogenes: osmotic induction of opuC

is sigmaB dependent. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

69:2015-2022.

Gahan, C. G., J. O’Mahony J, C. Hill. 2001 .Charac-

terization of the GroESL operon in Listeria mono-

cytogenes: utilization of two reporter systems (gfp

and hly) for evaluating in vivo expression. Infect.

Immun. 69:3924-3932.

Gaillot, O., E. Pellegrini, S. Bregenholt, S. Nair, P.

Berche. 2000. The ClpP serine protease is essen-

tial for the intracellular parasitism and virulence of

Listeria monocytogenes. Mol. Microbiol. 35:1286-

1294.

Gandhi, M., and M. L. Chikindas. 2007. Listeria: A

foodborne pathogen that knows how to survive.

Int. J. Food Microbiol. 113:1-15.

Gardan, R., P. Cossart, J. Labadie. 2003a. Identifica-

tion of Listeria monocytogenes genes involved in

salt and alkaline-pH tolerance. Appl. Environ. Mi-

crobiol. 69:3137-3143.

Gardan, R., O. Duche, S. Leroy-Setrin, J. Labadie.

2003b. Role of ctc from Listeria monocytogenes in

osmotolerance. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 69:154-161.

Garner, M. R., K. E. James, M. C. Callahan, M. Wied-

mann, K. J. Boor. 2006. Exposure to salt and or-

ganic acids increases the ability of Listeria mono-

cytogenes to invade Caco-2 cells but decreases

its ability to survive gastric stress. Appl. Environ.

Microbiol. 72:5384-5395.

Giotis, E. S., D. A. McDowell, I. S. Blair, B. J. Wilkin-

son. 2007. Role of branched-chain fatty acids in pH

stress tolerance in Listeria monocytogenes. Appl.

Environ. Microbiol. 73:997-1001.

Giotis, E. S., A. Muthaiyan, I. S. Blair, B. J. Wilkinson,

D. A. McDowell. 2008. Genomic and proteomic

analysis of the Alkali-Tolerance Response (AlTR) in

Listeria monocytogenes 10403S. BMC Microbiol.

8:102.

Glaser, P., L. Frangeul, C. Buchrieser, C. Rusniok,

Page 81: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 81

A. Amend, F. Baquero, P. Berche, H. Bloecker, P.

Brandt, T. Chakraborty, A. Charbit, F. Chetouani,

E. Couve, A. de Daruvar, P. Dehoux, E. Domann,

G. Dominguez-Bernal, E. Duchaud, L. Durant, O.

Dussurget, K. D. Entian, H. Fsihi, F. Garcia-del Por-

tillo, P. Garrido, L. Gautier, W. Goebel, N. Gomez-

Lopez, T. Hain, J. Hauf, D. Jackson, L. M. Jones,

U. Kaerst, J. Kreft, M. Kuhn, F. Kunst, G. Kurapkat,

E. Madueno, A. Maitournam, J. M. Vicente, E. Ng,

H. Nedjari, G. Nordsiek, S. Novella, B. de Pablos,

J. C. Perez-Diaz, R. Purcell, B. Remmel, M. Rose,

T. Schlueter, N. Simoes, A. Tierrez, J. A. Vazquez-

Boland, H. Voss, J. Wehland, P. Cossart. 2001.

Comparative genomics of Listeria species. Science

294:849-852.

Gross, M. and R. Jaenicke. 1994. Proteins under

pressure. The influence of high hydrostatic pres-

sure on structure, function and assembly of pro-

teins and protein complexes. Europ. J. Biochem.

221:617-630.

Hanawa, T., M. Kai, S, Kamiya, T. Yamamoto. 2000.

Cloning, sequencing, and transcriptional analysis

of the dnaK heat shock operon of Listeria monocy-

togenes. Cell Stress Chaperones 5:21-29.

Haynes, P. A. and T. H. Roberts. 2007. Subcellular

shotgun proteomics in plants: looking beyond the

usual suspects. Proteomics 7:2963-2975.

Hebraud, M. and J. Guzzo. 2000. The main cold

shock protein of Listeria monocytogenes belongs

to the family of ferritin-like proteins. FEMS Micro-

biol. Lett. 190:29-34.

Horn, G., R. Hofweber, W. Kremer, H. R. Kalbitzer.

2007. Structure and function of bacterial cold

shock proteins. Cell Mol. Life Sci. 64: 1457-1470.

Hu, Y., H. F. Oliver, S. Raengpradub, M. E. Palmer, R.

H. Orsi, M. Wiedmann, K. J. Boor. 2007a. Transcrip-

tomic and phenotypic analyses suggest a network

between the transcriptional regulators HrcA and

sigmaB in Listeria monocytogenes. Appl. Environ.

Microbiol. 73:7981-7991.

Hu, Y., S. Raengpradub, U. Schwab, C. Loss, R. H.

Orsi, M. Wiedmann, K. J. Boor. 2007b. Phenotypic

and transcriptomic analyses demonstrate interac-

tions between the transcriptional regulators CtsR

and Sigma B in Listeria monocytogenes. Appl. En-

viron. Microbiol. 73:7967-7980.

Ivy, R. A, Y. C. Chan, B. M. Bowen, K. J. Boor, M.

Wiedmann. 2010. Growth temperature-dependent

contributions of response regulators, σB, PrfA, and

motility factors to Listeria monocytogenes invasion

of Caco-2 cells. Foodborne Pathog. Dis. 11:1337-

1349.

Jensen, A., M. H. Larsen, H. Ingmer, B. F. Vogel, L.

Gram. 2007. Sodium chloride enhances adherence

and aggregation and strain variation influences

invasiveness of Listeria monocytogenes strains. J.

Food Prot. 70:592-599.

Jensen, A., L. E. Thomsen, R. L. Jørgensen, M. H.

Larsen, B. B. Roldgaard, B. B. Christensen, B. F.

Vogel, L. Gram, H. Ingmer. 2008. Processing plant

persistent strains of Listeria monocytogenes ap-

pear to have a lower virulence potential than

clinical strains in selected virulence models. Int. J.

Food Microbiol. 23:254-261

Jofre, A., M. Champomier-Verges, P. Anglade, F.

Baraige, B. Martin, M. Garriga, M. Zagorec, T.

Aymerich. 2007. Protein synthesis in lactic acid and

pathogenic bacteria during recovery from a high

pressure treatment. Res. Microbiol. 158:512-520.

Johansson, J., P. Mandin, A. Renzoni, C. Chiaruttini,

M. Springer, P. Cossart. 2002. An RNA thermosen-

sor controls the expression of virulence genes in

Listeria monocytogenes. Cell 110:551-561.

Kandror, O., L. Busconi, M. Sherman, A. L. Goldberg.

1994. Rapid degradation of an abnormal protein

in Escherichia coli involves the chaperones GroEL

and GroES. The J. Biol. Chem. 269: 75-82.

Kazmierczak, M. J., S. C. Mithoe, K. J. Boor, M. Wied-

mann. 2003. Listeria monocytogenes sigma B reg-

ulates stress response and virulence functions. J.

Bacteriol. 185:5722-5734.

Klinkert B. and F. Narberhaus. 2009. Microbial ther-

mosensors. Cell Mol. Life Sci. 66:2661-2676.

Koutsoumanis, K. P. and J. N. Sofos. 2004. Compara-

tive acid stress response of Listeria monocyto-

genes, Escherichia coli O157:H7 and Salmonella

Typhimurium after habituation at different pH con-

ditions. Lett. Appl. Microbiol. 38:321-326.

Ko, R. and L. T. Smith. 1999. Identification of an ATP-

driven, osmoregulated glycine betaine transport

Page 82: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

82 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

system in Listeria monocytogenes. Appl. Environ.

Microbiol. 65:4040-4048.

Kramer, M. N., D. Coto, J. D. Weidner. 2005. The sci-

ence of recalls. Meat Sci. 71:158–163.

Lennon, D, B. Lewis, C. Mantell, D. Becroft, B. Dove,

K. Farmer, S. Tonkin, N. Yeates, R. Stamp, K. Mick-

leson. 1984. Epidemic perinatal listeriosis. Pediat-

ric Infect. Dis. 3:30-34.

Liu S., J. E. Graham, L. Bigelow, P. D. Morse 2nd, B.

J. Wilkinson. 2002. Identification of Listeria mono-

cytogenes genes expressed in response to growth

at low temperature. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

68:1697-1705

Liu. S., D. O. Bayles, T. M. Mason, B. J. Wilkinson.

2006. A cold-sensitive Listeria monocytogenes

mutant has a transposon insertion in a gene en-

coding a putative membrane protein and shows

altered (p)ppGpp levels. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

72:3955-3959.

Loepfe, C., E. Raimann, R. Stephan, T. Tasara. 2010.

Reduced host cell invasiveness and oxidative

stress tolerance in double and triple csp gene fam-

ily deletion mutants of Listeria monocytogenes.

Foodborne Pathog. Dis. 7:775-783.

Lou, Y. and A. E. Yousef. 1997. Adaptation to sub-

lethal environmental stresses protects Listeria

monocytogenes against lethal preservation fac-

tors. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63:1252-1255.

Marsden, J. L., R.K. Phebus, H. Thippareddi. 2001.

Listeria risks in ready-to-eat meats can be controlled

using a true HACCP approach. in Scientific Confer-

ence, USDA Public Meetings on the FSIS Proposed

Rule, “Performance Standards for the Production of

Processed Meat and Poultry Products.” Available at

http://www.fsis.usda.gov/OPPDE/rdad/FRPubs/97-

013N/JMarsden_97-013N.pdf.

Mbandi, E., B. S. Phinney, D. Whitten, L. A. Shelef.

2007. Protein variations in Listeria monocytogenes

exposed to sodium lactate, sodium diacetate, and

their combination. J. Food Prot. 70:58-64.

McClure, P. J., T. M. Kelly, T. A. Roberts. 1991. The

effects of temperature, pH, sodium chloride and

sodium nitrite on the growth of Listeria monocyto-

genes. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 14:77-91.

McGann, P., M. Wiedmann, K. J. Boor. 2007. The al-

ternative sigma factor σB and the virulence gene

regulator PrfA both regulate transcription of Liste-

ria monocytogenes internalins. Appl. Environ. Mi-

crobiol. 73: 2919-2930.

Mendonca, A. F., T. L. Amoroso, S. J. Knabel. 1994.

Destruction of gram-negative food-borne patho-

gens by high pH involves disruption of the cyto-

plasmic membrane. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

60:4009-4014.

Mendum, M. L. and L. T. Smith. 2002. Characteriza-

tion of glycine betaine porter I from Listeria mono-

cytogenes and its roles in salt and chill tolerance.

Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 68:813-819.

Mohamed, W., A. Darji, E. Domann, E. Chiancone, T.

Chakraborty. 2006. The ferritin-like protein Frm is a

target for the humoral immune response to Listeria

monocytogenes and is required for efficient bacte-

rial survival. Mol. Genet. Genomics 275:344-353.

Merrell D, S. and A. Camilli. 2002. Acid tolerance of

gastrointestinal pathogens. Curr. Opin. Microbiol.

5:51-55.

Moorhead, S. M. and G. A. Dykes. 2004. Influence of

the sigB gene on the cold stress survival and sub-

sequent recovery of two Listeria monocytogenes

serotypes. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 91:63-72.

Muga, A. and F. Moro. 2008. Thermal adaptation of heat

shock proteins. Curr. Protein Pept. Sci. 9:552-566.

Mujahid, S., T. Pechan, C. Wang. 2007. Improved sol-

ubilization of surface proteins from Listeria mono-

cytogenes for 2-DE. Electrophoresis 28:3998-4007.

Mujahid, S., T. Pechan, C. Wang. 2008. Protein expres-

sion by Listeria monocytogenes grown on a RTE-

meat matrix. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 128:203-211.

Nair, S., C. Frehel, L. Nguyen, V. Escuyer, P. Berche.

1999. ClpE, a novel member of the HSP100 family,

is involved in cell division and virulence of Listeria

monocytogenes. Mol. Microbiol. 31:185-196.

Nair, S., E. Milohanic, P. Berche. 2000a. ClpC ATPase

is required for cell adhesion and invasion of Liste-

ria monocytogenes. Infect. Immun. 68:7061-7068.

Nair, S., I. Derre, T. Msadek, O. Gaillot, P. Berche.

2000b. CtsR controls class III heat shock gene ex-

pression in the human pathogen Listeria monocy-

togenes. Mol. Microbiol. 35:800-811.

Nesatyy, V. J. and M. J. Suter. 2007. Proteomics for

Page 83: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 83

the analysis of environmental stress responses in

organisms. Environ. Sci. Technol. 41:6891-6900.

O’Driscoll, B., C. Gahan, C. Hill. 1997. Two-dimen-

sional polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis analysis

of the acid tolerance response in Listeria monocy-

togenes LO28. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63:2679-

2685.

Okada. Y., N. Okada, S. Makino, H. Asakura, S. Ya-

mamoto, S. Igimi S. 2006. The sigma factor RpoN

(sigma54) is involved in osmotolerance in Listeria

monocytogenes. FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 263:54-60.

Okada, Y., S. Makino, N. Okada, H. Asakura, S. Ya-

mamoto, S. Igimi. 2008. Identification and analysis

of the osmotolerance associated genes in Listeria

monocytogenes. Food Addit. Contam. 15:1-6.

Olsen, K. N., M. H. Larsen, C. G. Gahan, B. Kalli-

politis, X. A. Wolf, R. Rea, C. Hill, H. Ingmer. 2005.

The Dps-like protein Fri of Listeria monocytogenes

promotes stress tolerance and intracellular multi-

plication in macrophage-like cells. Microbiology

151:925-933.

Olesen, I., F. K. Vogensen, L. Jespersen. 2009.

Gene transcription and virulence potential of

Listeria monocytogenes strains after exposure

to acidic and NaCl stress. Foodborne Pathog.

Dis. 6:669-680.

Oliver, H. F., R. H. Orsi, M. Wiedmann, K. J. Boor.

2010. Listeria monocytogenes {sigma}B has a small

core regulon and a conserved role in virulence but

makes differential contributions to stress tolerance

across a diverse collection of strains. Appl. Envi-

ron. Microbiol. 76:4216-4232.

Pan, Y., F. Breidt, Jr., S. Kathariou. 2006. Resistance

of Listeria monocytogenes biofilms to sanitizing

agents in a simulated food processing environ-

ment. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 72:7711-7717.

Phan-Thanh, L. and T. Gormon. 1995. Analysis of heat

and cold shock proteins in Listeria by two-dimen-

sional electrophoresis. Electrophoresis 16:444-450.

Phan-Thanh, L. and T. Gormon. 1997. Stress pro-

teins in Listeria monocytogenes. Electrophoresis

18:1464-1471.

Phan-Thanh, L. and L. Jansch. 2006. Elucidation of

mechanisms of acid stress in Listeria monocyto-

genes by proteomic analysis. Methods. Biochem.

Anal. 49:75-88.

Phan-Thanh, L. and F. Mahouin. 1999. A proteomic

approach to study the acid response in Listeria

monocytogenes. Electrophoresis 20:2214-2224.

Pucciarelli, M. G., E. Calvo, C. Sabet, H. Bierne, P.

Cossart, F. Garcia-del Portillo. 2005. Identification

of substrates of the Listeria monocytogenes sor-

tases A and B by a non-gel proteomic analysis.

Proteomics 5:4808-4817.

Raimann, E., B. Schmid, R. Stephan, T. Tasara.

2009. The alternative sigma factor sigma(L) of L.

monocytogenes promotes growth under diverse

environmental stresses. Foodborne Pathog. Dis.

6:583-591.

Ramnath, M., K. B. Rechinger, L. Jansch, J. W. Hast-

ings, S. Knochel, A. Gravesen. 2003. Development

of a Listeria monocytogenes EGDe partial pro-

teome reference map and comparison with the

protein profiles of food isolates. Appl. Environ. Mi-

crobiol. 69:3368-3376.

Ritz, M., M. F. Pilet, F. Jugiau, F. Rama, M. Federighi.

2006. Inactivation of Salmonella Typhimurium and

Listeria monocytogenes using high-pressure treat-

ments: destruction or sublethal stress? Lett. Appl.

Microbiol. 42:357-362.

Ryan, E. M., C. G. Gahan, C. Hill. 2008a. A significant

role for SigmaB in the detergent stress response

of Listeria monocytogenes. Lett. Appl. Microbiol.

46:148-154.

Ryan, S., C. Hill, C. G. Gahan. 2008b. Acid stress re-

sponses in Listeria monocytogenes. Adv. Appl. Mi-

crobiol. 65:67-91.

Ryan, S., M. Begley, C. G. Gahan, C. Hill. 2009. Mo-

lecular characterization of the arginine deiminase

system in Listeria monocytogenes: regulation and

role in acid tolerance. App. Environ. Microbiol.

11:432-445.

Scallan, E., R. M. Hoekstra, F. J. Angulo, R. V.

Tauxe, M. A. Widdowson, S. L. Roy, J. L. Jones,

P. M. Griffin. 2011. Foodborne illness acquired

in the United States--major pathogens. Emerg.

Infect. Dis. 17:7-15.

Schaumburg, J., O. Diekmann, P. Hagendorff, S.

Bergmann, M. Rohde, S. Hammerschmidt, L.

Jansch, J. Wehland, U. Karst. 2004. The cell wall

Page 84: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

84 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

subproteome of Listeria monocytogenes. Pro-

teomics 4:2991-3006.

Schmid, B, J. Klumpp, E. Raimann, M. J. Loessner, R.

Stephan, T. Tasara. 2009. Role of cold shock pro-

teins in growth of Listeria monocytogenes under

cold and osmotic stress conditions. Appl. Environ.

Microbiol. 75:1621-1627.

Schumann, W. 2009. Temperature sensors of eubac-

teria. Adv. Appl. Microbiol. 67:213-256.

Sherman, M. Y. and A. L. Goldberg. 1996. Involve-

ment of molecular chaperones in intracellular pro-

tein breakdown. Exs. 77:57-78.

Shin, J. H., J. Kim, S. M. Kim, S. Kim, J. C. Lee, J. M.

Ahn, J. Y. Cho. 2010. SigmaB-dependent protein

induction in Listeria monocytogenes during vanco-

mycin stress. FEMS Microbiol Lett. 308:94-100.

Skandamis, P. N., Y. Yoon, J. D. Stopforth, P. A. Ken-

dall, J. N. Sofos. 2008. Heat and acid tolerance of

Listeria monocytogenes after exposure to single

and multiple sublethal stresses. Food Microbiol.

25:294-303.

Sleator, R. D., C. G. Gahan, T. Abee, C. Hill. 1999.

Identification and disruption of BetL, a secondary

glycine betaine transport system linked to the salt

tolerance of Listeria monocytogenes LO28. Appl.

Environ. Microbiol. 65:2078-2083.

Smith L, T. 1996. Role of osmolytes in adaptation

of osmotically stressed and chill-stressed Listeria

monocytogenes grown in liquid media and on

processed meat surfaces. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

62:3088-93.

Sokolovic, Z., A. Fuchs, W. Goebel. 1990. Synthe-

sis of species-specific stress proteins by virulent

strains of Listeria monocytogenes. Infect. Immu.

58:3582-3587.

Stack, H. M., R. D. Sleator, M. Bowers, C. Hill, C. G.

Gahan. 2005. Role for HtrA in stress induction and

virulence potential in Listeria monocytogenes.

Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 71:4241-4247.

Sue, D., D. Fink, M. Wiedmann, K. J. Boor. 2004. Sig-

maB-dependent gene induction and expression in

Listeria monocytogenes during osmotic and acid

stress conditions simulating the intestinal environ-

ment. Microbiology 150:3843-3855.

Tasara, T. and R. Stephan. 2006. Cold stress tolerance

of Listeria monocytogenes: A review of molecular

adaptive mechanisms and food safety implica-

tions. J. Food Prot. 69:1473-1484.

Teratanavat, R. and N.H. Hooker. 2004. Understand-

ing the characteristics of US meat and poultry re-

calls: 1994–2002. Food Control 15:359–367.

Trost, M., D. Wehmhoner, U. Karst, G. Dieterich, J.

Wehland, L. Jansch. 2005. Comparative proteome

analysis of secretory proteins from pathogenic

and nonpathogenic Listeria species. Proteomics

5:1544-1557.

van der Veen, S., T. Hain, J. A. Wouters, H. Hossain,

W. M. de Vos, T. Abee, T. Chakraborty, M. H. Wells-

Bennik. 2007. The heat-shock response of Listeria

monocytogenes comprises genes involved in heat

shock, cell division, cell wall synthesis, and the SOS

response. Microbiology 153:3593-3607.

Van de Velde, S., E. Delaive, M. Dieu, S. Carryn, F.

Van Bambeke, B. Devreese, M. Raes, P. M. Tulkens.

2009. Isolation and 2-D-DIGE proteomic analysis

of intracellular and extracellular forms of Listeria

monocytogenes. Proteomics 9:5484-5496.

Wałecka, E., J. Molenda, R. Karpíšková, J. Bania.

2011. Effect of osmotic stress and culture density

on invasiveness of Listeria monocytogenes strains.

Int. J. Food Microbiol. 144:440-445.

Wehmhoner, D., G. Dieterich, E. Fischer, M.

Baumgartner, J. Wehland, L. Jansch. 2005. “Lane-

Spector”, a tool for membrane proteome profiling

based on sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide

gel electrophoresis/liquid chromatography-tan-

dem mass spectrometry analysis: application to

Listeria monocytogenes membrane proteins. Elec-

trophoresis 26:2450-2460.

Wemekamp-Kamphuis, H. H., A. K. Karatzas, J. A.

Wouters, T. Abee. 2002. Enhanced levels of cold

shock proteins in Listeria monocytogenes LO28

upon exposure to low temperature and high hy-

drostatic pressure. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

68:456-463.

Wemekamp-Kamphuis, H. H., J. A. Wouters, P. P.

de Leeuw, T. Hain, T. Chakraborty, T. Abee. 2004a.

Identification of sigma factor sigma B-controlled

genes and their impact on acid stress, high hy-

drostatic pressure, and freeze survival in Listeria

Page 85: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 85

monocytogenes EGD-e. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.

70:3457-3466.

Wemekamp-Kamphuis, H. H., R. D. Sleator, J. A.

Wouters, C. Hill, T. Abee. 2004b. Molecular and

physiological analysis of the role of osmolyte trans-

porters BetL, Gbu, and OpuC in growth of Listeria

monocytogenes at low temperatures. Appl. Envi-

ron. Microbiol. 70:2912-2918.

Werbrouck, H., A. Vermeulen, E. Van Coillie, W.

Messens, L. Herman, F. Devlieghere, M. Uytten-

daele. 2009. Influence of acid stress on survival,

expression of virulence genes and invasion ca-

pacity into Caco-2 cells of Listeria monocyto-

genes strains of different origins. Int. J. Food

Microbiol. 134:140-146.

Wonderling, L. D., B. J. Wilkinson, D. O. Bayles. 2004.

The htrA (degP) gene of Listeria monocytogenes

10403S is essential for optimal growth under stress

conditions. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 70:1935-1943.

Wood, J. M. 2007. Bacterial osmosensing transport-

ers. Methods Enzymol. 428:77-107.

Zhang, C., J. Nietfeldt, M. Zhang, A. K. Benson.

2005. Functional consequences of genome evo-

lution in Listeria monocytogenes: the lmo0423

and lmo0422 genes encode sigmaC and LstR, a

lineage II-specific heat shock system. J. Bacteriol.

187:7243-7253.

Page 86: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

86 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

MAnuSCRIPT SuBMISSIon

Authors must submit their papers electronically ([email protected]). According to instructions pro-

vided online at our site: www.afabjournal.com. Authors who are unable to submit electronically should contact

the editorial office for assistance by email at [email protected].

• Aerobic microbiology

• Aerobiology

• Anaerobic microbiology

• Analytical microbiology

• Animal microbiology

• Antibiotics

• Antimicrobials

• Bacteriophage

• Bioremediation

• Biotechnology

• Detection

• Environmental microbiology

• Feed microbiology

• Fermentation

• Food bacteriology

• Food control

• Food microbiology

• Food quality

• Food Safety

• Foodborne pathogens

• Gastrointestinal microbiology

• Microbial education

• Microbial genetics

• Microbial physiology

• Modeling and microbial kinetics

• Natural products

• Phytoceuticals

• Quantitative microbiology

• Plant microbiology

• Plant pathogens

• Prebiotics

• Probiotics

• Rumen microbiology

• Rapid methods

• Toxins

• Veterinary microbiology

• Waste microbiology

• Water microbiology

ConTenT of MAnuSCRIPT

We invite you to consider submitting your research and review manuscripts to AFAB. The journal serves

as a peer reviewed scientific forum for to the latest advancements in bacteriology research on Agricultural

and Food Systems which includes the following fields:

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Page 87: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 87

With an open access publication model of this

journal, all interested readers around the world can

freely access articles online. AFAB publishes origi-

nal papers including, but not limited to the types

of manuscripts described in the following sections.

Papers that have been, or are scheduled to be, pub-

lished elsewhere should not be submitted and will

not be reviewed. Opinions or views expressed in pa-

pers published by AFAB are those of the author(s)

and do not necessarily represent the opinion of the

AFAB or the editorial board.

MAnuSCRIPT TyPeS

Full-Length Research Manuscripts

AFAB accepts full-length research articles con-

taining four (4) figures and/or tables or more. AFAB

emphasizes the importance of sound scientific ex-

perimentation on any of the topics listed in the focus

areas followed by clear concise writing that describes

the research in its entirety. The results of experi-

ments published in AFAB must be replicated, with

appropriate statistical assessment of experimental

variation and assignment of significant difference.

Major headings to include are: Abstract, Introduc-tion, Materials and Methods, Results, Discussion (or Results and Discussion), Conclusion, Acknowl-edgements (optional), Appendix for abbreviations (optional), and References.

Manuscripts clearly lacking in language will be re-

turned to author without review, with a suggestion

that English editing be sought before the paper is

reconsidered. AFAB offers a fee based language

service upon request. Please contact [email protected] for more information about our fees

and services.

Rapid Communications

Under normal circumstances, AFAB aims for re-

ceipt-to-decision times of approximately one month or less. Accepted papers will have priority for publi-

cation in the next available issue of AFAB. However,

if an author chooses or requires a much more rapid

peer review, the journal editorial office has the capa-

bility to shorten the review timing to one week or less.

Any type of manuscript whether it be a full length

manuscript, brief communication or review paper can

be submitted as a rapid communication. There will be

additional costs for processing and page charges will

be double the normal rate. Authors who choose this

option must select Rapid Communications as the pa-

per type when submitting the paper and the editors

will judge whether a rapid review is possible and let

the author know immediately.

Brief Communications

Brief communications are short research notes giv-

ing the results of complete experiments but are con-

sidered less comprehensive than full-length articles

with three (3) figures and/or tables or less. Manuscripts

should be prepared with the same subheadings as full

length research papers. The running head above the

title of the paper is “Brief Communications.”

Unsolicited Review Papers

Review papers are welcome on any topic listed in

the focus section and have no page limits. Reviews

are assessed the same pages charges as all other

manuscripts. All AFAB guidelines for style and form

apply. Major headings to include are: Abstract, In-troduction, Main discussion topics and appropri-ate subheadings, Conclusions, Acknowledgements (optional) and References. Review papers shorter

than 20 pages of double spaced text and references

will be considered mini-reviews with the subhead-

ing above the title on the first page. The running

head above the title of the paper is either “Review”

or “Mini-review”.

Solicited Review Papers

Solicited reviews will have no page limits. The

editor-in-chief will send invitations to the authors

and then review these contributions when they are

submitted. Nominations or suggestions for potential

timely reviews are welcomed by the editors or edito-

Page 88: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

88 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

rial board members and should be sent to submit@

afabjournal.com. There will be no page charges for

solicited review papers but the solicitation must origi-

nate from the editor-in-chief or one of the editors. Re-

quests from authors will automatically be classified as

unsolicited review papers. The running head above

the title of the paper will be “Invited Review.”

Conference and Special Issues Reviews

AFAB welcomes opportunities to publish papers

from symposia, scientific conference, and/or meet-

ings in their entirety. Conference organizers need

simply to contact AFAB at [email protected]

and a rapid decision is guaranteed. If in agreement,

the conference organizers must guarantee delivery

of a set number of peer reviewed manuscripts within

a specified time and submitted in the same format

as that described for unsolicited review papers. Con-

ference papers must be prepared in accordance with

the guidelines for review articles and are subject to

peer review. The conference chair must decide

whether or not they wish to serve as Special Issue

Editor and conduct the editorial review process. If

the conference chair/organizer chooses to serve as

special issue editor, this will involve review of the pa-

pers and, if necessary, returning them to the authors

for revision. The conference organizer then submits

the revised manuscripts to the journal editorial of-

fice for further editorial examination. Final revisions

by the author and recommendations for acceptance

or rejection by the chair must be completed by a

mutually agreed upon date between the editor and

the conference organizer. Manuscripts not meeting

this deadline will not be included in the published

symposium proceedings but if submitted later can

still be considered as unsolicited review papers. Al-

though offprints and costs of pages are the same

as for all other papers, the symposium chair may be

asked to guarantee an agreed upon number of hard

copies to be purchased by conference attendees. If

the decision is not to publish the symposium as a

special issue, the individual authors retain the right

to submit their papers for consideration for the jour-

nal as ordinary unsolicited review manuscripts.

Book Reviews

AFAB publishes reviews of books considered to

be of interest to the readers. The editor-in-chief ordi-

narily solicits reviews. Book reviews shall be prepared

in accordance to the style and form requirements of

the journal, and they are subject to editorial revision.

No page charges will be assessed solicited reviews

while unsolicited book reviews will be assigned the

regular page charge rate.

Opinions and Current Viewpoints

The purpose of this section will be to discuss, cri-

tique, or expand on scientific points made in articles

recently published in AFAB. Drafts must be received

within 6 months of an article’s publication. Opinions

and current perspectives do not have page limits.

They shall have a title followed by the body of the

text and references. Author name(s) and affiliation(s)

shall be placed between the end of the text and list

of references. If this document pertains to a par-

ticular manuscript then the author(s) of the original

paper(s) will be provided a copy of the letter and of-

fered the opportunity to submit for consideration a

reply within 30 days. Responses will have the same

page restrictions and format as the original opinion

and current viewpoint, and the titles shall end with

“Opinions.” They will be published together. Letters

and replies shall follow appropriate AFAB format

and may be edited by the editor-in-chief and a tech-

nical editor. If multiple letters on the same topic are

received, a representative set of opinions concern-

ing a specific article will be published. A disclaimer

will be added by the editorial staff that the opinion

expressed in this viewpoint is the authors alone and

does not necessarily represent the opinion of AFAB

or the editorial board.

CoPyRIghT AgReeMenT

The copyright form is published in AFAB as space

permits and is available online (www.afabjournal.com).

Page 89: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 89

AFAB grants to the author the right of re-publication

in any book of which he or she is the author or edi-

tor, subject only to giving proper credit to the original

journal publication of the article by AFAB. AFAB re-

tains the copyright to all materials accepted for pub-

lication in the journal. If an author desires to reprint

a table or figure published from a non-AFAB source,

written evidence of copyright permission from an au-

thority representing that source must be obtained by

the author and forwarded to the AFAB editorial office.

PeeR RevIew PRoCeSS

Authors will be requested to provide the names

and complete addresses including emails of five (5) potential reviewers who have expertise in the research

area and no conflict of interest with any of the authors.

Except for manuscripts designated as Rapid Commu-

nication each reviewer has two (2) weeks to review

the manuscript, and submit comments electronically

to the editorial office. Authors have three (3) weeks

to complete the revision, which shall be returned to

the editorial office within six (6) weeks after which the

authors risk having their manuscript removed from

AFAB files if they fail to ask the editorial office for

an extension by email. Deleted manuscripts will be

reconsidered, but they will have to be processed as

new manuscripts with an additional processing fee as-

sessed upon submission. Once reviewed, the author

will be notified of the outcome and advised accord-

ingly. Editors handle all initial correspondence with

authors during the review process. The editor-in chief

will notify the author of the final decision to accept or

reject. Rejected manuscripts can be resubmitted only

with an invitation from the editor or editor-in chief. Re-

vised versions of previously rejected manuscripts are

treated as new submissions.

PRoduCTIon of PRoofS

Accepted manuscripts are forwarded to the edito-

rial office for technical editing and layout. The manu-

script is then formatted, figures are reproduced, and

author proofs are prepared as PDFs. Author proofs

of all manuscripts will be provided to the correspond-

ing author. Author proofs should be read carefully and

checked against the typed manuscript, because the

responsibility for proofreading is with the author(s).

Corrections must be returned by e-mail. Changes

sent by e-mail to the technical editor must indicate

page, column, and line numbers for each correction

to be made on the proof. Corrections can also be

marked using “track changes” in Microsoft Word or

using e-annotation tools for electronic proof correc-

tion in Adobe Acrobat to indicate necessary chang-

es. Author alterations to proofs exceeding 5% of the

original proof content will be charged to the author. All

correspondence of proofs must be agreed to by the

editorial office and the author within 48 hours or proof

will be published as is and AFAB will assume no re-

sponsibility for errors that result in the final publication.

PuBlICATIon ChARgeS

AFAB has two publication charge options: conven-

tional page charges and rapid communication. The

current charge for conventional publication is $25 per printed page in the journal. There is no additional

charge for the publication of pages containing color

images, micrographs or pictures. For authors who

wish to have their papers processed as a rapid com-

munication, authors will pay the rapid communication

fee when proofs are returned to the editorial office

in addition to twice the conventional page charges.

Charges for rapid communications are $1000 per manuscript for guaranteed peer review within one

week and $100 per journal page.

hARd CoPy offPRInTS

If you are wishing to obtain a physical hard copy of

the AFAB journal, offprints are available in any quan-

tity at an additional charge: $100/page for black-white

and $150/page for color prints. You may order your

offprints at any time after publication on our website.

Scientific conference organizers may be expected to

agree to a set number of offprints as a part of their

agreement with AFAB.

Page 90: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

90 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

MAnuSCRIPT ConTenT ReQuIReMenTS

Preparing the Manuscript File

Manuscripts must be written in grammatically

correct English. AFAB offers a fee based language

service upon request ([email protected]).

Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced, with

lines and pages numbered consecutively. All docu-

ments must be submitted in Microsoft Word (.doc or

.docx, PC or Mac). All special characters (e.g., Greek,

math, symbols) should be inserted using the sym-

bols palette available in this font. Tables and figures

should be placed in separate sections at the end of

the manuscript (not placed in the text). Failure to fol-

low these instructions will cause delays of the pro-

cessing and review of the manuscript.

Title Page

At the very top of the title page, include a title of

not more than 100 characters. Format the title with

the first letter of each word capitalized. No abbre-

viations should be used. Under the title, the authors

names are listed. Use the author’s initials for both first

and middle names with a period (full-stop) between

initials (e.g., W. A. Afab). Underneath the authors, a

list affiliations must be listed. Please use numerical

superscripts after the author’s names to designate

affiliation. If an authors address has changed since

the research was completed, this new information

must be designated as “Current address:”. The cor-

responding author should be indicated with an aster-

isk e.g., * Corresponding author. The title page shall

include the name and full address of the correspond-

ing author. Telephone and e-mail address must also

be provided for the corresponding author, and email-addresses must be provided for all authors.

Editing

Author-derived abbreviations should be defined

at first use in the abstract and again in the body of

the manuscript. If abbreviations are extensive au-

thors may need to provide a list of abbreviations

at the beginning of the manuscript. In vivo, in vitro

and bacterial names must be italicized (obligatory).

Authors must avoid single sentence paragraphs and

merge such paragraphs appropriately. Authors must

not begin sentences with “Figure or Table shows…”

as these are inanimate objects and cannot “show”

anything. When number are reported in text or in ta-

bles, always put a zero in front of decimal numbers:

“0.10” instead of “.10”.

MAnuSCRIPT SeCTIonS

Abstract

The abstract provides an abridged version of the

manuscript. Please submit your abstract on a sepa-

rate page after the title page. The abstract should

provide a justification of your work, objectives, meth-

ods, results, discussion and implications of study or

review findings . Your abstract must consist of com-

plete sentences without references to other work or

footnotes and must not exceed 250 words. On the

same page as your abstract, please provide at least ten (10) keywords to be used for linking and index-

ing. Ideally, these keywords should include signifi-

cant words from the title.

Introduction

The introduction should clearly present the foun-

dation of the manuscript topic and what makes the

research or the review unique. The introduction

should validate why this topic is important based on

previously published literature, and the relevance of

the current research. Overall goals and project ob-

jectives must be clearly stated in the final sentence

of the last paragraphs of the introduction.

Materials and Methods

Information on equipment and chemicals used

must include the full company name, city, and state

(country if outside the United States or Province if

in Canada) [i.e., (Model 123, ACME Inc., Afab, AR)].

Page 91: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 91

Variability, Replication, and Statistical Analysis

To properly assess biological systems indepen-

dent replication of experiments and quantification

of variation among replicates is required by AFAB.

Reviewers and/or editors may request additional

statistical analysis depending on the nature of the

data and it will be the responsibility of the authors

to respond appropriately. Statistical methods com-

monly used in the bacteriology do not need to be

described in detail, but an adequate description

and/or appropriate references should be provided.

The statistical model and experimental unit must

be designated when appropriate. The experimen-

tal unit is the smallest unit to which an individual

treatment is imposed. For bacterial growth stud-

ies, the average of replicate tubes per single study

per treatment is the experimental unit; therefore,

individual studies must be replicated. Repeated

time analyses of the same sample usually do not

constitute independent experimental units. Mea-

surements on the same experimental unit over time

are also not independent and must not be consid-

ered as independent experimental units. For analy-

sis of time effects, assess as a rate of change over

time. Standard deviation refers to the variability

in the biological response being measured and is

presented as standard deviation or standard error

according to the definitions described in statistical

references or textbooks.

Results

Results represent the presentation of data in

words and all data should be described in same

fashion. No discussion of literature is included in

the results section.

DiscussionThe discussion section involves comparing the

current data outcomes with previously published

work in this area without repeating the text in the

results section. Critical and in-depth dialogue is

encouraged.

Results and Discussion

Results and discussion can be under combined or

separate headings.

Conclusions

State conclusions (not a summary) briefly in one

paragraph

Acknowledgments

Acknowledgments of individuals should include

institution, city, and state; city and country if not U.S.;

and City or Province if in Canada. Copies being re-

viewed shall have authors’ institutions omitted to re-

tain anonymity.

References

a) Citing References In Text

Authors of cited papers in the text are to be pre-

sented as follows: Adams and Harry (1992) or Smith

and Jones (1990, 1992). If more than two authors of

one article, the first author’s name is followed by the

abbreviation et al. in italics. If the sentence structure

requires that the authors’ names be included in pa-

rentheses, the proper format is (Adams and Harry,

1982; Harry, 1988a,b; Harry et al., 1993). Citations to a

group of references should be listed first alphabeti-

cally then chronologically. Work that has not been

submitted or accepted for publication shall be listed

in the text as: “G.C. Jay (institution, city, and state,

personal communication).” The author’s own un-

published work should be listed in the text as “(J.

Adams, unpublished data).” Personal communica-

tions and unsubmitted unpublished data must not

be included in the References section. Two or more

publications by the same authors in the same year

must be made distinct with lowercase letters after

the year (2010a,b). Likewise when multiple author ci-

tations designated by et al. in the text have the same

first author, then even if the other authors are differ-

ent these references in the text and the references

section must be identified by a letter. For example

Page 92: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

92 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

“(James et al., 2010a,b)” in text, refers to “James,

Smith, and Elliot. 2010a” and “James, West, and Ad-

ams. 2010b” in the reference section.

b) Citing References In Reference Section

In the References section, references are listed in

alphabetical order by authors’ last names, and then

chronologically. List only those references cited in the

text. Manuscripts submitted for publication, accepted

for publication or in press can be given in the refer-

ence section followed by the designation: “(submit-

ted)”, “(accepted)’, or “(In Press), respectively. If the

DOI number of unpublished references is available,

you must give the number. The year of publication fol-

lows the authors’ names. All authors’ names must be

included in the citation in the Reference section. Jour-

nals must be abbreviated. First and last page num-

bers must be provided. Sample references are given

below. Consult recent issues of AFAB for examples

not included in the following section.

Journal manuscript:

Examples:

Chase, G. and L. Erlandsen. 1976. Evidence for a

complex life cycle and endospore formation in the

attached, filamentous, segmented bacterium from

murine ileum. J. Bacteriol. 127:572-583.

Jiang, B., A.-M. Henstra, L. Paulo, M. Balk, W. van

Doesburg, and A. J. M. Stams. 2009. A typical

one-carbon metabolism of an acetogenic and

hydrogenogenic Moorella thermioacetica strain.

Arch. Microbiol. 191:123-131.

Book:

Examples:

Hungate, R. E. 1966. The rumen and its microbes.

Academic Press, Inc., New York, NY. 533 p.

Book Chapter:

Examples:

O’Bryan, C. A., P. G. Crandall, and C. Bruhn. 2010.

Assessing consumer concerns and perceptions

of food safety risks and practices: Methodologies

and outcomes. In: S. C. Ricke and F. T. Jones. Eds.

Perspectives on Food Safety Issues of Food Animal

Derived Foods. Univ. Arkansas Press, Fayetteville,

AR. p 273-288.

dissertation and thesis:

Maciorowski, K. G. 2000. Rapid detection of Salmo-

nella spp. and indicators of fecal contamination

in animal feed. Ph.D. Diss. Texas A&M University,

College Station, TX.

Donalson, L. M. 2005. The in vivo and in vitro effect

of a fructooligosacharide prebiotic combined with

alfalfa molt diets on egg production and Salmo-

nella in laying hens. M.S. thesis. Texas A&M Uni-

versity, College Station, TX.

Van Loo, E. 2009. Consumer perception of ready-to-

eat deli foods and organic meat. M.S. thesis. Uni-

versity of Arkansas, Fayetteville, AR. 202 p.

web sites, patents:

Examples:

Davis, C. 2010. Salmonella. Medicinenet.com.

http://www.medicinenet.com/salmonella /article.

htm. Accessed July, 2010.

Afab, F. 2010, Development of a novel process. U.S.

Patent #_____

Author(s). Year. Article title. Journal title [abbreviated].

Volume number:inclusive pages.

Author(s) [or editor(s)]. Year. Title. Edition or volume (if

relevant). Publisher name, Place of publication. Number

of pages.

Author(s) of the chapter. Year. Title of the chapter. In:

author(s) or editor(s). Title of the book. Edition or vol-

ume, if relevant. Publisher name, Place of publication.

Inclusive pages of chapter.

Author. Date of degree. Title. Type of publication, such

as Ph.D. Diss or M.S. thesis. Institution, Place of institu-

tion. Total number of pages.

Page 93: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011 93

Abstracts and Symposia Proceedings:

Fischer, J. R. 2007. Building a prosperous future in

which agriculture uses and produces energy effi-

ciently and effectively. NABC report 19, Agricultural

Biofuels: Tech., Sustainability, and Profitability. p.27

Musgrove, M. T., and M. E. Berrang. 2008. Presence

of aerobic microorganisms, Enterobacteriaceae and

Salmonella in the shell egg processing environment.

IAFP 95th Annual Meeting. p. 47 (Abstr. #T6-10)

Vianna, M. E., H. P. Horz, G. Conrads. 2006. Options

and risks by using diagnostic gene chips. Program

and abstracts book , The 8th Biennieal Congress of

the Anaerobe Society of the Americas. p. 86 (Abstr.)

Data Presentation in Tables and Figures

Figures and tables to be published in AFAB must

be constructed in such a fashion that they are able

to “stand alone” in the published manuscript. This

means that the reader should be able to look at

the figure or table independently of the rest of the

manuscript and be able to comprehend the experi-

mental approach sufficiently to interpret the data.

Consequently, all statistical analyses should be very

carefully presented along with variation estimates

and what constitutes an independent replication

and the number of replicates used to calculate the

averages presented in the table or figure.

Each table and figure must be on a separate

page in the submitted paper. If your manuscript

is accepted for publication, you will need to sub-

mit all data for charts, tables and figures in Excel

spreadsheet format.

All figures should be clearly presented with well

defined axis and units of measurement. Symbols,

lines, and bars must be made distinct as “stand

alone” black and white presentations. Stippling,

dashed lines etc. are encouraged for multiple com-

parison but shades of gray are discouraged. Color

images, micrographs, pictures are recommended

and there is no additional fee for their submission.

AFAB Online Edition is Now Available!

www.AFABjournal.com

• Free Access

• Print PDFs

• Flip Through Issues

• Search Article Archives

• Order Reprints

• Submit a Paper

Page 94: AFAB-Vol.1-Issue 1

94 Agric. Food Anal. Bacteriol. • www.AFABjournal.com • Vol. 1, Issue 1, 2011

www.foodandfunction.net

www.foodandfunction.net

International Scientific Conference on Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods - FF2011

The next International Scientific Conference on Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods, Food and Function 2011, will be held during 25th-27th October 2011 in the university city of Kosice, Slovakia. The conference programme will focus on current advances in the research of nutraceuticals and functional foods and their present and future role in maintaining health and preventing diseases. Nutraceuticals and functional foods are intensively researched for their role in maintaining health and the preventing diseases. The science behind is growing rapidly not only because of the growing number of new substances or type of novel foods, but also while regulatory bodies require more and more evidence on efficacy, mode-of-action and safety. The goal of the conference is to provide a scientific forum for all stakeholders of nutraceuticals, functional foods and enable interactive exchange of state-of-the-art knowledge. The conference will focus on the evidence-based benefits of nutraceuticals and functional foods. Meet those who influenced the past, influence the present and most importantly will enable the future of nutraceuticals and functional foods. At Food and Function 2011, leading scientists will present and discuss current advances in the research of nutraceuticals and functional foods. New scientific evidences that support or question the efficacy of already existing or prospective substances and applications will be conferred. In addition novel compounds, controversial but scientifically solid ideas, approaches and visions will be presented as well. Food and Function 2011 is a networking event. A unique opportunity to meet all the stakeholders of nutraceuticals and funtional foods. Initiation of cross-border cooperations between scientists and institutions will be also facilitated during the conference.

For further information on the conference please visit www.foodandfunction.net or contact the Organizing Secretariat of FF2011 phone: +421 917 957 393, e-mail: [email protected]